^ DEPARTMENT OF
CONSERVATION AND
LAND MANAGEMENT

Western Australian Herbarium
Department of Conservation and Land Management
Como, Western Australia

04689-1

CONTENTS

Page

A taxonomic revision of Eucalyptus wandoo, E. redunca, and allied species (Eucalyptus
series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae) in Western Australia. By M.I.H. Brooker and

Stephen D. Hopper 1

Publication date of Nuytsia Volume 7 Number 3 189

Editor

Kevin F. Kenneally

Editorial Board

T.D. Macfarlane
N.G. Marchant

Editorial Assistant

J.W. Searle

Page Preparation

M. Wilke
S. Mitchell

Western Australian Herbarium,
Department of Conservation and Land Management,
P.O. Box 104, Como, Western Australia 6152

Cover

Nuytsia floribunda (Labill.) R. Br. ex Fenzl (Loranlhaceae) — the Western Australian Christmas Tree is one of the few
aborescent mistletoes in the world. This endemic tree is a semi-parasite common in sandy soil from the Murchison River to
Israelite Bay. The journal is named after the plant, which in turn commemorates Pieter Nuijts, an ambassador of the Dutch East
India Company, who in 1627 accompanied the “Guide Zeepard” on one of the first explorations along the south coast of
Australia.

Cover design by Sue Marais

Photograph A.S. George

Nuytsia8(l): 1-189 (1991)

1

A taxonomic revision of Eucalyptus wandoo, E. redunca, and allied species
{Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae) in Western Australia

M.I.H. Brooker' and Stephen D. Hopper^

‘ Australian National Herbarium, CSIRO, P.O. Box 1600, Canberra, Australian Capital Territory 2601

Department of Conservation and Land Management Western Australian Wildlife Research Centre,
P.O. Box 51, Wanneroo, Western Australia 6065

Abstract

Brooker, M.I.H. and Hopper, StephenD. A taxonomic revision otEucalyptuswandoo ,E. redunca
andalliedspecies(£«ca/yplHiseriesZ,ev/yperOT.fleMaidcn-Myrtaceac)in Western Australia. Nuytsia
8(1): 1-189 (1991). Eucalyptus smts Levispermae, a taxonomically distinct series of 28 species all
endemic in Western Australia is revised. y\\Q. Levispermae comprise many trees, mallets and malices
of the Western Australian wheatbelt, and include the important timber and honey-producing wandoo
or white gum (Suca/yplMS'Mta/idoo Blakely), thestrikingbluemallet(£.^ar(r/«enMaidcn), and several
common malices previously included as variants in £. redunca S chaucr. This re vision is based on field
studies, seedlings raised in the glasshouse, and standard herbarium research.

Two new subseries are established in Eucalyptus series Levispermae - subserics Levispermae,
comprising 27 species (20 of which are newly described and three others here raised to specific rank),
and subscries Desmondenses, consisting of the single species E. desmondensis Maiden & Blakely.
E. siibangusta (Blakely) Brooker & Hopper is a new combination for E. redunca var. subangusta
Blakely. E. arachnaea Brooker & Hopper (= E. redunca var. melanophloia Benth.) and E.flavida
Brooker & Hopper (= E. redunca var. oxymitra Blakely) are necessary new names for taxa here
elevated to specific rank.

Other new species and sub.species described here for the first time are E. abdita, E. arachnaea
subsp. arrecta, E. capillosa with two subspecies {capillosa and poJyclada), E. clivicola, E. crispata,
E. densa with two subspecies (densa and improcera),E. gardneri subsp. ravensthorpensis, E. hebetifolia,
E. histophyUa, E. livida, E. luteola, E. medialis, E. melanophitra, E. microschema, E. nigrifunda,
E. phaenophylla with two subspecies (phaenophylla and interjacens), E. pluricaulis with two
subspecies (pluricaulis and porphyrea), E. praetermissa. E. sparsicoma, E. subtilis, E. subangusta
subspp. cerina,pusilla and virescens, E. iumida,E. van'a with two subspecies (varia and salsuginosa),
E. wandoo subsp. pulverea and E. xanthonema subsp. apposita.

2

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Introduction

The eucalypts of Western Australia are renowned for both their diversity and their attractiveness
as ornamental garden plants and street trees. Their popular appeal is reflected in colour treatments
given in anumbcrofrecentbooks(e.g. Kelly 1969, 1978; Chippendale 1973; WrigleyandFagg 1979;
Holliday and Watton 1980; Elliot and Jones 1986; Brooker and Kleinig 1990).

Despite the burgeoning popular literature devoted to them, many Western Australian eucalypts
are difficult to identify. Because of the existence of many undescribed taxa and insufficient
knowledge of morphological variation in some groups, most available keys fail to work and many
botanical descriptions are inadequate (e.g. Blackall and Grieve 1954; Blakely 1965; Chippendale
1973, 1988). This applies even for some of the most common malices of the wheatbelt and the
goldfields.

C.A. Gardner, the Government Botanist from 1928 to 1960, proposed a full treatment of the
State’s eucalypts in the second volume of the Flora of Western Australia. However, this volume was
never published. A series of leaflets on Western Australian eucalypts was published by Gardner from
1952-1966. These were subsequently published posthumously in book form (Gardner 1979), but the
work covered less than half the species now known in the flora and provided no keys or taxonomic
overview.

Pryor and Johnson (1971) and Chippendale (1988) made major contributions in treatments of all
eucalypts then known, placing named Western Australian taxa in a broader taxonomic context.
However, both works are now considerably outdated as they omit many recently recognised Western
Australian species (cf. Brooker and Kleinig 1990).

We have completed taxonomic research on many Western Australian eucalypts over the past two
decades (Brooker 1972, 1973, 1974, 1976, 1979, 1981, 1986, 1988; Brooker and Blaxell 1978;
Brooker and Done 1986; Brooker and Edgecombe 1986; Brooker and Hopper 1982, 1986, 1989;
Hopper 1982).

We are currently aware of the existence of over 100 undescribed taxa in Western Australian
eucalypts. Those not treated here will be described in forthcoming publications by ourselves, by
P. Grayling and Brooker, or by L.A.S. Johnson and colleagues of the New South Wales National
Herbarium (e.g. Johnson andHill 199 1 ; Hill and Johnson 1991). Many of these undescribed taxa were
illustrated in the recently published field guide of Brooker and Kleinig (1990).

The major unresolved taxonomic problems in Western Australian eucalypts are found in
“Symphyomyrius”, the largest informal subgenus of Pryor and Johnson (1971), and to which the series
Levispermae belongs. (From hereon Informal taxa of Pryor and Johnson and of Johnson and
colleagues (e.g. Johnson and Hill 1991), not formally published under the rules of the International
Code of Botanical Nomenclature, are referred to within inverted commas.) This subgenus is
characterised by two opercula (the outer of which in most species dehisces early in bud development
and leaves apersistent necrotic scar at the junction of the inner operculum and the hypanlhium), more
than two vertical rows of ovules per placenta, unbranched axillary inflorescences, or if apparently
compound and terminal then the anthers are adnate.

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

3

“Symphyomyrtus” includes such economically important Western Australian timber trees as karri
(Eucalyptus diversicolor F. Muell.), yellow tingle (E. guilfoylei Maiden), tuart (E. gomphocephala
DC.), wandoo (E. M’andoo Blakely), and many well- known ornamentals with large colourful flowers,
e.g. E. caesia Benth., E. macrocarpa Hook., E. rhodantha Blakely & Stecdman, E, conferruminata
Carr & Carr, E. macrandra F. Muell. ex Benth., E. tetraptera Turcz. and E. forrestiana Diels.

Western Australian members ofthis “subgenus” were placed informally in? sections and 30 series
by Pryor and Johnson (1971). The relationships and evolution of these sections and series are
challenging fields of enquiry, deserving investigation by the detailed numerical approach recently
adopted in studies of all eucalypt “subgenera” (Ladiges and Humphries 1983), and of groups within
the monocalypts (Ladiges et al. 1983, 1986, 1987). At the same time, we consider that significant
contributions will also be made by revisionary studies at the series or subseries level. This approach
was adopted in previously published works on E. ser. Porantherae Benth. (= “Foecundae", Brooker
1979, 1988), £. ser. OvM/arej Brooker (Brooker 1981),£. scr. LehniannianaeD. Carr& S. Carr (Carr
and Carr 1980), £. ser. Brooker & Hopper (Brooker and Hopper 1989), and £. scr. Contortae

Blakely (= “Salubres") and “Annulatae" (Johnson and Hill 1991).

Here, we undertake a full revision of Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden (= informal
Eucalyptus series “Reduncae”Pcyov and Johmson 1971), This series contains some of the best-known
trees and mallees of the Western Australian wheatbelt, including wandoo or white gum (E. wandoo),
blue mallet (E. gardneri Maiden) and several common mallees previously referred to as E. redunca
Schauer (here including E. arachnaea, E.flavida, E. phaenophylla, E. tumida, E. subangusta and
others).

The series was cho.sen for revision because it is endemic to south-western Australia where
comprehensive field surveys could be completed over a decade, it is clearly circumscribed
morphologically (especially by seed and bud characters), it contains economically important species,
and because it is now recognised to contain a remarkable array of undcscribed taxa that had been
attributed to no more than five species by previous authors (GiU'dner 1945; Blakely 1965; Pryor and
Johnson 1971; Chippendale 1973, 1988). Also a number of these undescribed taxa may be rare,
endangered or vulnerable, and require names to facilitate conservation and management initiatives,
including their placement on the State’s list of Declared Endangered Flora (Hopper et al. 1990).

Taxonomic History

The protologue ofE. redunca. Eucalyptus redunca. the first named species in the Eucalyptus ser.
Levispermae, was published by Schauer in Lehmann ’s “Plantae Preissianae” in 1 844. Several related
species and varieties of E. redunca have been published since. The status of some has been somewhat
in contention and it is useful to dwell upon the protologue of E. redunca when considering the
subsequent treatment of the various taxa and their recognition as belonging to a distinctive taxonomic
series.

A translation published by Maiden (1918) of the original is given as follows:

“Shrubby, leaves somewhat rigid, alternate, lanceolate, inequilateral, narrowed into a petiole, acuminate, glaucous on both
sides (the midrib and the margin of a different colour); umbels lateral or axillary, 6-12 flowered, peduncles flattened, two-edged,
about Vi inch long; calyx-tube cylindrical; operculum awl-like conical, coriaceous, shining, twice as long and more than the calyx-
tube, the point, at least in early full-grown bud, bent back {reditnco) or twisted.

4

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

In interior districts between King George’s Sound and York, in the month of October with nearly adult buds (Herb. Preiss.
No. 234); February and March with young buds (Nos. 245 and 247, see Figure 96); in gravelly sterile land on the hill
Konkoberup, near Cape Riche, fruiting in November (No. 232, see Figure 95).

A shrub afathomhigh, branchlets angled, with the petiole and the margin and the rib of the leaves reddish-yellow. The leaves
3-4 inches long, 6-12 lines broad. Calyx-tubes (with the pedicel of the bud continuous with it and the same length, an inch long),
measuring about 3 lines in breadth. Operculum 6-7 lines long, capsule 3-celled. Fruits umbellate, oblong-clavate, with the
pedicel 6-7 lines long, above l>h lines broad, trancate; capsule included, valves erect, touching the mouth of the calyx-tube.”

With hindsight, it is not hard to infer that several entities are likely to be involved, particularly
when the species is based on four syntypes, three with such an imprecise locality as “between King
George’s Sound and York”. The only distinctive morphological information given concerns the
narrowly conical operculum with the tip “redunco" (i.e. turned down). Werefer to these observations
below.

Subsequent treatments ofE. redunca and the discovery of related species. Bentham (1867) gave
considerable attention to E. redunca. He began somewhat obscurely while referring to Oldfield and
Maxwell collections (i.e. not the types) by stating, “In the original form, a shrub or small tree with
a smooth white bark” when the protologue states “Shrubby” and “shrub” for the Preiss type
collections. The tree form seems to be an allusion to wandoo, yet he separately distinguished this in
his following list of varieties as E. redunca var. elata which he described as a “large tree”.

Two more varieties were published by Bentham, namely, E. redunca var. melanophloia Benth.
which is diagnosed by “Leaves larger (i.e. than 3-4 inches long), more prominently veined. -
Murchison and South Hutt rivers, a small tree with smooth black bark”, and E. redunca var.
angustifoJia, a synonym for £. .xanthonema Turez. (1847) in the protologue of which Turezaninow
gives the unhelpful locality of “W. Australia”. However, this is a Drummond specimen (“3rd
collection”) and must have been collected between Bolgart and Cape Riche (Erickson 1969). The
original description of E. xanthonema includes features that are reasonably distinctive, e.g. leaves
“narrow-linear lanceolate”, peduncles finally “very much deflected”, “Filaments remarkable for their
reddish orange colour”, and the quite ambiguous but unqualified “habitus singularis”. Deflected
peduncles are not a characteristic of this species as we know it and are not evident in the type
specimens.

Bentham's placement of E. redunca in his comprehensive classification is of no significance
today, other than his recognition of the species as belonging to the large Eucalyptus series Normales
Benth. which is diagnosed by characteristics of the stamens. The further division of ihzNormales into
a subseries to include E.rcdw/ica with E.parcnr Benth., E. diversicolorV. Muell., E. asperaF. Muell.,
and E. phoenicea F. Muell, each belonging to a different subgenus according to Pryor and Johnson
(1971) indicates the heterogeneity of this subseries {Inclusae).

Mueller’s later treatment (1879) of E. redunca contributed little to what by the 1870s must have
been a group of species frequently encountered in the field. Mueller synonymised E. xanthonema with
E. redunca and refened to E. redunca principally as a tree (presumably wandoo) which could be
reduced lo shrub form over considerable stretches of “poor ground”. Mueller’s observation that the

white colouration of the “baik comes off on friction” probably does not refer to wandoo but most

likely to E. acceefeni W. V. Fitzg., the dominant powder-bark species in the area where wandoo would

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

5

have been abundant, e.g.,theDarlingRange. The bark of the northernmost wandoo(£. M'rmrfoo subsp.
pulverea), for example in the proposed Lesueur National Park, can be slightly powdery.

Maiden (1918) followed Bentham’s treatment, i.e. he recognised E. redunca and the three taxa,
E. redunca vars elata, angustifolia and melanophloia. In addition, he published E. redunca var.
oxymitra which he characterised largely by the “very long, curved, very acuminate opercula”. Later
(1923), Maiden revised his concept of E. redunca var. angustifolia and restored E. xanthonema to
specific rank on the basis of its “thicker, paler, more falcate lanceolate leaves” in contrast to E. redunca
(var. redunca) although we are not certain what Maiden’s concept off. redunca was when he made
this statement. We concur with his decision but probably for different reasons. In the same digest
he referred to specimens from Cunderdin and Knutsford which may have been “referable to
E. redunca”. Blakely (1934) was to publish a new variety based on these (see below).

A species which we now consider to be closely related to E. redunca sens. str. was described by
Maiden in 1924 as E. gardneri, a mallet with extremely bluish foliage that readily separated it from
wandoo. It was also notable for the bark which decorticated in “small, thin flakes, silver-grey to silver-
brown, very astringent” (Figure 5d). C.A. Gardner was quoted as saying that the bark resembled, to
some extent, that of brown mallet, E. astringens Maiden.

Maiden and Blakely (1925) described another new species relevant to this discussion,
E. desmondensis. The protologue includes quotes of C.A. Gardner that the species was “very close
to” E. redunca and that it was notably a slender, glaucous, flexuose shrub with thick leaves, known
only from Desmond near Ravensthorpe.

In 1925, Maiden erected the Eucalyptus series Levispermae in his classification of the seeds of
Eucalyptus species in which he placed the single species, E. redunca sens. lal. It is unlikely that he
actually saw seed of E. redunca sens. str. The description for the series indicates that the seed arc
essentially “ovate to orbicular”, smooth and plump. More familiarity with these seed would have
shown that these characters, only tentatively alluded to in 2-dimcnsional terminology, reveal a seed
form unique in the genus (Brooker 1972; Boland etal. 1981) - a strong diagnostic character in a natural
classification. From the details given in original descriptions of £. (first collected 1922) and

E. desmondensis (first collected 1 924) it is unlikely that he saw seed of these two species at this stage
of his research.

In a later classification. Maiden (1931) gave prominence to a character common to many species
in the genus, viz. the “bisected” cotyledons, and as a consequence, he placed E. redunca, E. redunca
var. elata and E. gardneri in the large informal “£. division Bisectae”. E. xanthonema and
E. desmondensis are not included in his classification of seedlings. None of the species concerned
was treated in his classification of anthers (1923).

Blakely (1934) was the first author to group a number of the relevant species into a discrete
taxonomic series, viz. Eucalyptus series Subcornulae, without reference to Maiden’s Eucalyptus
series Levispermae which has priority. The significant features in the diagnosis for Blakely’s series
are the “horn-shaped buds” and the partial inflexion of the staminal filaments. Despite Maiden and
Blakely’s quote of Gardner concerning the close relationship of E. redunca and E. desmondensis,
Blakely placed E. desmondensis in Eucalyptus scries Dumosae Blakely. The relatively short

6

Nuylsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

operculum of E. desmondensis may have obscured its natural affinity with E. redunca. Seed and
cotyledons do not support Blakely’s assignment of E. desmondensis (Brooker 1972), but these
characters were not referred to by him in the series’ digest.

Blakely described one new variety, E. redunca var. subangusta, based on specimens from
Cunderdin and Knutsford which Maiden (1918) had referred to typical E. redunca. E. redunca var.
elata was raised to species, viz. E. wandoo.

Gardner (1945), in a commentary on the species concept in Eucalyptus, gave prominence to the
difficulty of defining species in the E. redunca group. Without resolving the taxonomic problems,
he highlighted the variants of both E. wandoo and E. gardneri that occur away from Ihe localities
where typical forms occur, and tentatively suggested that all relevant taxa be placed in the one species
(E. redunca).

Pryor (1962), discussing the series concept in Eucalyptus, emphasised the value of the cotyledon
shape in broadly indicating natural affinities. He recognised that alarge number of species, including
those of Blakely’s Eucalyptus series Subcornutae, had in common bisected cotyledons, and thus he
concurred with the concept of Maiden (1931).

Pryor and Johnson (1971) largely follow Blakely in their informal “Eucalyptus series Reduncae"
but corrected Blakely’s anomalous placement of E. desmondensis. This species was included in the
series but in a monotypic subscries, “E. subseries Desmondensinae". They expressed some doubt
about E. xanthonema and stated that it required further investigation. They anticipated subspecies
status for E. redunca vars subangusta and melanophloia. E. redunca var. o.xymitra was given
informally as a synonym of E. gardneri, as was suggested earlier by Gardner (1945).

Chippendale (1973, 1988) largely followed Pryor and Johnson’s treatment of the series but
reinstated Maiden’s nameEHC(7/v/;/HX ser. Levispermae. E. redunca vars subangusta andmelanophloia
were synonymised by Chippendale (1988) under £. redunca with a note that further research may
demonstrate that subspecific or specific rank would be appropriate for the.se taxa. E. redunca var.
oxymitra was formally synonymised under E. gardneri by Chippendale (1988) without comment.

The four syntypes of E. redunca. From our field and herbarium studies, wc have found the
application of most of the above names relatively easy . Wc were uncertain, however, as to which form
the name E. redunca var. reduncamighXreicr and we assumed this would be revealed by examination
of the syntypes.

From research in many herbaria, we have been able to locate and examine only three of the four
(iso-) syntypes, viz. Preiss 232 (MEL), 245 (LD), 247 (LD) (Figures 95, 96). We have no reason to
believe that the missing sy ntype {Preiss 234) does not belong in the same taxonomic series as the other
three. If it is subsequently found to be unrelated, it will not affect the procedure adopted below by
our choice of Preiss 232 as lectotypc.

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

7

Table 1. Taxa of Eucalyptus ser. Levispermae recognised herein.

subseries

“superspecies”

species

subspecies

Levispermae

**wandoo'*

1. wandoo

2. capiUosa

3. livida

4. nigrifunda

wandoo

pulverea

capillosa

polyclada

“hebetifolia"

5. hebetifolia

'‘abdita”

6. abdita

'‘sparsicomsC*

1. sparsicoma

“phaenophylla”

8. arachnaea

9. phaenophylla

10. luteola

11. tumida

12. histophylla

arachnaea

arrecta

phaenophylla

interjacens

“clivicola”

13. clivicola

“flavida"

1 4. flavida

“crispata"

15. crispata

‘^subangusta”

16. subangusta

17. subtilis

18. microschema

subangusta
pus ilia
cerina

virescens

“xanthonema”

19. xanthonema

20. medialis

21. melanophitra

22. praetermissa

xanthonema

apposita

"redunca”

23. gardneri

24. densa

25. pluricaulis

26. varia

27. redunca

gardneri

ravensthorpensis

densa

improcera

pluricaulis

porphyrea

varia

salsuginosa

Desmondenses

"desmondensis”

28. desmondensis

8

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Figure 1, Eucalyptus wandoo subsp. wandoo, illustrating tree habit (road between Pingelly and Brookton).

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

9

Our studies in series Levispermae suggest that there are several observable lineages and in Table 1
we show these as informal superspccies (sensu Pryor and Johnson 1971). One of these is the group
of species that includes E. wandoo. We believe that the specimens Preiss 242, 247 (syntypes of
E. redunca) are typical of £. wandoo and this conclusion accords with the distributions given on the
separate herbarium sheets, imprecise as they are.

Another lineage in the series is the group of taxa whose best-known species is E. gardneri. This
species is a mallet, notably with dull, bluish leaves, and opercula with the tip recurved. We believe
that the syntype, Preiss 232, belongs in theE. gardneri lineage from comparison of the dull, relatively
broad leaves and the opercula (which are given prominence in the protologuc for £. reduncahy the
specific epithet“redt<nca” - turned down). In the description of £. redunca, it is stated thatthe typical
form is a shrub {“fruticosa’') suggesting that typical £. redunca is not the later named mallet,
£. gardneri. A search of Konkoberup Hill, one of the localities named in the protologue, has shown
the existence of a mallee distinguishable from £. gardneri by the mallee habit, smooth bark and green
leaves. We have accordingly made Preiss 232 (from Konkobeinp) the lectotype (Figure 95). From
the specimens available in herbaria and from our field observations, this form appears to occur
sporadically in a stretch of coastal land between Cape Riche and East Mt Barren. It also occurs in the
Ravensthorpe Range.

Since Pryor and Johnson (1971) published their informal classification of the genus, much field
exploration has been made of the widespread Eucalyptus series Levispermae which is now known to
occur from Kalbarri to Israelite Bay and inland to the Great Victoria Desert in Western Australia. The
taxa of the series in Pryor and Johnson have been confirmed and many more have been discovered.

Morphology

Habit. The tree form (Figure 1) needs little qualification but we contrast it with “mallet” (see below).
A single trunk in a mature tree specimen is always present and branching occurs at least 1 m above
the ground while in most mature specimens branching begins well above this height. The crown is
formed by asymmetrical branching and occupies about a half of tree height.

Mallets (Figure 2) are also single- stemmed (or trunked). The branching is relatively steep-angled
and bears a more or less term.inal crown that occupies less than half the height of the whole specimen.
The trunk is sometimes fluted (Figure 5d) particularly near the base where slight buttressing occurs.
Mallets often occur on rises in pure stands with a marked lack of understorey.

Beard (1981; 143) used the term “marlock” for “small single-stemmed trees which regenerate
from seed not coppice”, and listed as examples species that we regard as mallets, viz. “E.falcata and
£. gardneri found on ironstone ridges”. (Typical E.falcata is a mallee. The tree referred to here as
E.falcata by Beard is the well-known Silver Mallet, an undescribed species). Subsequently (Beard
1990: 130), other species of mallets, mallees and small trees were also described as marlocks (i.e.
£. annulata Benth., £. flocktoniae (Maiden) Maiden, £. diptera C.R.P. Andrews, £. spathulata
Hook. , £. erythronema Turez., E.forrestiana Diels, as well as the typical marlock£. platypus Hook.).

10

Nuylsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Figure 2. Eucalyptus clivicola, a typical mallet (Aerodrome Road. NW of Ravensthorpe).

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

11

Because the term “marlock” has been applied to species of the Levispermae, we have investigated
its various previous applications, and conclude that “marlock” is best used in descriptions of the habit
of eucalypts only in its original narrow sense for species such as E. platypus.

There has always been ambiguity on this matter, seen in the earliest references to the term known
to us. Bentham (1867), in his treatment of E. platypus, gives the following note from Maxwell:
“forming dense and impenetrable thickets, 'Maalock' of the natives,”. This statement is ambiguous
as it is not clear whether the term maalok refers to the formation or the species.

Subsequently, Mueller (1879), in describing E. obcordata Turcz. (syn. E. platypus), stated:

“This is the 'Maalok' of the Aborigines, who must have bestowed that particular designation on
this Eucalypt for some obvious reason, be it for its odd appearance, the obstruction offered by its
thickets, or the utility of the wood”.

Thus the term marlock may not have been a habit designation in its Aboriginal usage. The species
to which it referred has the single stem of a mallet but with side branches beginning in the lower half
of the trunk.

Subsequent uses of the term marlock are reported in Maiden (1909: 242) (Dr A. Morrison gave
the aboriginal name of jarrah E. marginata as 'Maalock'). More information was provided by Maiden
(1920: 1 19), who cited correspondence in 1909 from Dr A. Morrison, then Government Botanist of
Western Australia, as follows:

“The word 'Maalok' has always appeared to me to be equivalent of the eastern 'Mallee'; but
however that may be, I have been informed by a surveyor (Mr F.M. Bee), who was at work in the
southern part of the State, that it means literally 'thicket'. It seems to be applied to any stunted bushes
on the sand-plains by white men.” Maiden gives other quotations indicating that marlock was applied
to thickets of several species (e.g. E. platypus, E. cornuta and E. occidentalis and to depauperate
forms of what are normally trees (e.g. E. calophylla).

The use of the term for an entirely different habit by Burbidge (1952) appears to be based on
Maiden’s (1921) comment concerning E. tetragona (R. Br.) F. Muell. “It is a shrub, always straggly,
sometimes attaining a height of 10 feet. It is known as 'white marlock'”.

Maiden (1928), discussing E.forrestiana, quoted C.A. Gardner’s description:

“A Marlock, not a sandplain species, but a species with a very reduced stock, 1 0-20 feet high, erect
and erectly branched.”

Burbidge (1952: 73) appears to have followed uses of the term quoted above from Maiden, but
defined Marlock as “shrubs or mallee-like plants in which the woody stock is absent or poorly
developed”. She then listed as marlocks species which we know to be typically mallees {E. eudesmioides
F. Muell., E. tetragona), trees (E. erythrocorys) and mallets {E.forrestiana).

12

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Figure 3. Eucalyptus subangusta subsp. subangusta, illustrating the erect mallee habit (Canna).

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

13

Hill (1989: 98) defined marlock as “a single stemmed shrub with all branches arising at or near
ground level but lacking a lignotuber”. Brooker and Klcinig (1990: 422) proposed the definition
“marlock an effuse non-lignotuberous mallee or small tree”. Elsewhere (p. 7), these authors noted
“This is the less easily recognised, wiry or effuse shrub, mallee or small tree without distinct erect
or oblique stems and supposedly lacking a lignotuber. The inclusion of three habit categories in the
marlock does not allow for easy recognition in the field and we do not use the term in the keys. Perhaps
E. grossa, E. crucis subsp. crucis, E. orbifoUa, E. synandra and some others might be recognised as
marlocks with their indefinable habit.”

We would now exclude these last examples cited, since they are all lignotuberous, and advocate
confining the term marlock to its original narrow usage for the habit of species such as E. platypus
(Moort), and for recently named taxa such as E. conferruminata D. Carr and S. Carr (Bald Island
Marlock). No species of Eucalyptus ser. Levispermae are marlocks in this sense.

Mallees (Figures 3, 4) are multi-stemmed shrubs seldom exceeding 10 m in height. On
germination, the seedlings of mallee species produce a single axis, the dominance of which is either
lost or the whole single axis itself is lost through grazing, fire, drought or other factors. After the first
few weeks following germination and seedling development, lignotuberous swellings form in the
cotyledonary and higher axils. On the loss of the primary axis, vegetative buds in the lignotuber
develop. A single shoot seldom attains dominance and the second “vegetative generation” of the
individual comprises two or more equally dominant shoots. On maturity the individual plant assumes
the well-known mallee habit of several more or less equal stems usually at an angle to the vertical
(Figure 3) or that arc straggly and effuse (Figure 4) . The loss of these mature stems through various
causes,rcsults in the development of anew generation of vegetative axes deriving from the lignotuber.
While this is a highly successful mode of regeneration of single genotypic individuals, and may prevail
through many “vegetative generations”, the regenerative capacity by sexual reproduction is by no
means lost and the individual mallees usually produce viable seed in large quantities.

Several pairs of related taxa in the series Levispermae comprise a malice taxon and a tree or mallet
taxon, e.g. E. capillosa snhsp. poly clada (mallee) and subsp. capillosa (tree), E. pluricaulis (mallee)
and£. gardneri (mallet), £. densa subsp. improcera (malice) and subsp. densa (mallet). Tree-malice
is a term used for large mallees whose stems exceed 10 cm d.b.h. (Muir 1977)

Bark. Rough bark is the dead outer bark which in several species does not shed and year by year
accumulates on the trunk or stems (Figure 5a). The height on the trunk or the stems of the rough bark
varies with species and may be greatest in mature E. arachnaea and E. melanophilra, although small
specimens of these species may be only “h.alf-barked”. Some species are characteristically half-
barked, e.g. E. nigrifunda. Rough bark does not extend to the branches of any species in the series
(cf. jarrah, E. marginata Smith). Mature specimens only must be assessed for bark characters. The
saplings of the characteristically smooth-barked species, E. wandoo (Figure 5c), are completely
rough-barked (Figure 5b), a metamorphosis rarely seen in eucalypts.

The presence or absence of rough bark on the mature plant generally characterises a species in
Eucalyptus ser. Levispermae - the exception being E.flavida which may be wholly smooth-barked
or it may have a black butt, i.e. a stocking of dark rough bark to approximately 1 m. In this instance
we do not consider bark characters to be as important diagnostically as, for example, floral characters

04689-2

14

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Figure 4. Eucalyptus piuricaulis subsp. porphyrea, illustrating the effuse mallee habit (Sandalwood Road, N of the Stirling
Range).

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

15

Figure 5. Bark types in Eucalyptus ser. Levispermae: (a) E. arachnaea subsp. arrectai (b) E. wandoo subsp. wandoo sapling;
(c) E. wandoo subsp. wandoo mature tree; (d) E. gardneri\ (e) E. crispata\ (f) E. subangusta subsp. virescens.

16

Nuylsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

which we find indistinguishable in the two forms of E. flavida. Adult and seedling leaf characters
also support the concept of a single species in this case.

The shedding of the bark in predominantly smooth-barked species varies from the decortication
of irregular slabs in E. wandoo (Figure 5c) and E. capillosa to the characteristic partly shed curls of
dead bark in some of the mallets, e.g. E. gardneri (Figure 5d). In E. crispata (Figure 5e) such curls
are prominent and dense, particularly on the butt. In several species (e.g. E. subangusta. Figure 5f),
the bark is shed annually leaving completely smooth stems.

Bark colour varies with the time of exposure of new surfaces revealed after the shedding of the
oldest bark layer. The persistent weathered surfaces are originally pale or dark and on shedding reveal
new surfaces which are bright yellow, orange or coppery. These colours subsequently fade. The
colour of new bark in autumn-winter is particularly useful in distinguishing E. wandoo (yellow) from
E. capillosa (orange) where the two species co-occur (e.g. between Kellerberrin and Corrigin). In
E. wandoo suhsp. pulverea, the smooth bark is notable in being powdery like the unrelated^, accedens
(powderbark wandoo).

Bark on the lower trunk of mallets such as E. clivicola, E. densa and E. praetermissa often has
horizontal scars up to 90 mm long presumably due to insect attack (e.g. Figure 79).

Cotyledons. The lamina of the cotyledon in all species is deeply divided and forms a Y shape with
the petiole (Figure 6).

Figure 6. Seedling of E. redunca with Y-shaped cotyledons.

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

17

Seedlings. Leaves are petiolate throughout the life cycle of all species in the series. In the seedlings,
the leaves are produced decussately at the shoot apex and the pairs remain opposite in the elongated
seedling for 2-6 nodes, i.e. the seedling phase. Thereafter, leaves become separated at the petiole bases
by elongation of the intranodes (alternating). From the onset of intranode development until the plant
is approximately 25 cm tall the leaves are juvenile (usually broader than adult leaves). Plants advanced
beyond this phase produce adult leaves.

The most striking feature of the seedlings in the series is the trichomes (Figure 7) of£. capillosa,
E. livida and£. nigrifunda. These “hairs” on the seedlings are unique mEucalyptus (Figure 8) because
of the symmetrical elongation of paired cap cells of the emergent oil glands. The cells are contiguous
for about two-thirds their length and divergent and free above (Ladiges 1984). In contrast, the
trichomes of E. arachnaea are emergent oil glands with short radiating hairs (Ladiges, pers. cornm.).
Trichomes do not occur in other species of the series.

Other characteristics useful for assessing relationships in the series are the length of intranodes
(e.g. up to 5 cm for the fifth intranode in E. clivicola and superspecies “redunca”), the seedling leaf
shape (the leaf is broadest in E. wandoo subsp. pulverea, and E. crispata , Figure 14 and Figure 52,
and narrowest in E. subtilis. Figure 63), and leaf colour (e.g. the leaves are greyish in E. wandoo and
related species and shiny green in E.flavida).

Pith glands. As noted for a selection of taxa in the series by Carr and Carr (1969), the pith of the
branchlets is glandular, except in E. desmondensis.CarrandCaTr(l969) recorded pith glands as absent
in E. gardneri, but we have found in this species and other taxa of the superspecies “redunca’' that
glands are present but rare, requiring inspection of ten or more nodes before they are encountered on
some plants.

Branchlets. A white surface wax on the branchlets is characteristic of E. capillosa, E. nigrifunda,
E. desmondensis, E. wandoo subsp. pulverea and E. subangusta subsp. cerina. In the other species
the waxiness is rare or never occurs, for example, in the species with shiny green leaves.

Crown. Some species can be recognised from a distance by the crown characters, e.g. the bluish crown
of E. gardneri and the dense fine crown of E. densa (Figure 85). The crowns of £. histophylla and
E. microschema (Figure 67) are also conspicuous as the leaves are held erect while being pendulous
or held at various angles in most other species. E. pluricaulis subsp. porphyrea is easily recognised
in the field because of the abundance of purple leaves in the crown (Figure 4).

Adult leaves. Colour, glossiness and size of adult leaves are important diagnostic characters for the
species in the series. We caution, however, that colour and glossiness must be assessed on mature
crowns because these attributes change in many species from juvenile or coppice leaves to mature
adult leaves. Thus, plants of species with glossy green adult leaves (e.g. E. phaenophylla) may have
a canopy of predominantly dull bluish-green intermediate or juvenile leaves when recovering from
wind damage, drought or herbivory. In such cases, it is important to search inside the canopy for fully
mature adult leaves and ascertain the colour and glossiness of these.

04689-3

18

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Figure 7. Scabrid seedling leaf of E. capillosa subsp. capillosa (left) compared with a glabrous leaf of E. wandoo subsp.
wandoo.

Figure 8. Hairs on the surface of the leaf of E. capillosa (electron micrograph courtesy of P.Y. Ladiges).

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levtspermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

19

In E. wandoo and related species the adult leaves are dull and vary from blue-green to bluish grey.
Infi. arachnaea,E. phaenophyllamAE. tom/Ja the leaves are glossy green. \nE. gardncn the leaves
are dull and bluish and in E. redunca, in the first year at least they are dull and greenish but mature
to glossy green well inside the crown.

While most species are constant in colour and glossiness as the adult leaves age, E. microschema
is notable for the conspicuous crown of dull blue-green leaves, covering glossy green leaves on the
older branchlets inside the canopy.

Leaf venation and oil glands (as seen in fresh leaves with transmitted sunlight). In the seedling leaves
the venation is typically brochidodromous (Hickey 1973), i.e. side veins extend from the midrib
outwards, curving distaliy and becoming joined well short of the margin in a series of arches. Outside
of this paramarginal vein (Carr et al. 1986) further veinlets extend towards the margin and again link
up to form a second weaker paramarginal vein. Tertiary veining at this stage of growth is weak or
absent and oil glands are few but are often clearly seen just inside the leaf margin.

The pattern is superficially similar in the adult leaves (Figure 9) although the arches are less
prominent and form what is conventionally known as the intramarginal vein (for some other species
Carr et al. (loc. cit.) showed that the intramarginal vein seen in adult leaves is formed independently
of the side veins). Tertiary veining is distinct in all but the narrowest leaves where it is then
fragmentary or absent, e.g. E. densa and E. subtilis. Quaternary veining, when present, is very
fragmentary and ob.scure.

In the species of the series with the narrowest leaves, E. subtilis, the side veins themselves are
fragmentary and there is no further degree of visible veining.

Oil glands occur in the leaves of all species in the series. They appear to be situated at the
intersections of the veinlets or to be “island” bodies in the areoles (Figure 9). They are variable in
size in a single leaf and are usually irregular in outline. In E. subtilis where the areoles are whole
rhomboidal intercostal zones, the oil glands are very numerous, dense and relatively large, and without
any visible association with the side veins.

Inflorescences. The inflorescences are axillary and unbranched, i.e. they consist of a single peduncle
which subtends 7 to more than 20 flower buds.

Buds. Buds are characteristically narrowly fusiform in most species, varying from 5 mm long in
E. subangusta ^uhsp. pusilla (Figures 56, 57) to 25 mm long in E.flavida (Figure 50). In E. tumida
(see Brooker and Kleinig 1990: 183) and some forms of E. livida, the buds are thickened, somewhat
curved and almost parallel-sided with an obtuse apex. We describe these as allantoid (sausage-
shaped).

The operculum is also obtuse in E. subangusta subsp. subangusta and E. desmondensis, but in
many of the taxa it is attenuate and recurved at the tip, notably in the E. superspecies '"redunca" (e.g.
Figure 88). Buds of £. desmondensis (Figure 98) are broadest in the series, with a conical operculum
sometimes equal in length to the hypanthium. In all other species, the operculum is longer than the
hypanthium.

20

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Figure 9. Leaf venation and oil glands of E.flavida.

Figure 10. Transverse sections of buds just above the junction of the operculum andhypanthium showing the number of whorl
of stamens in (a) E.flavida and (b) E. gardneri.

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

21

A notable though not unique feature of the series is the long period (2-3 years) between bud
initiation and anthesis.

Peduncles. The peduncles are always somewhat flattened, in some species distinctly so, and widen
distally.

Flowers. Flower colour varies from bright yellow in E.flavida, through pale yellow in superspecies
“redunca”, E. luteola, E. tumida and E. clivicola, to creamy white in all other taxa.

Androecium. Two or three whorls (rarely one) of stamens are evident in the unopened flower bud -
an outer complete whorl whose individual filaments alternate with those of the next inner whorl and
oppose the filaments of the next inner whorl but one - these latter two not always being complete
(Figure 10).

The vertical disposition of the filaments is variable and seems to be associated with the relative
length of the operculum. In species where the operculum is short, i.e. less than twice the length of
the hypanthium, the stamens may be all inflexed, e.g. in E. desmondensis and E. microschema (Figure
1 lb, c). In this arrangement all filaments ascend from the staminophore for approximately half their
length and are then sharply down-turned with the anthers resting in the “bowl” of the bud - the
encircling cavity between the disc and the style. This filament arrangement is common throughout
the genus, but not in Eucalyptus ser. Levispermae.

In most species of the series (Figure 1 la), the operculum is much longer than the hypanthium. Then
the inflexion of the stamens is not uniform. Most of the filaments of the outer whorl are ascendent
for more than half their length and are then sharply down-turned with the anther pendent within the
operculum - not deflexed deeply into the bowl. A few outer filaments are usually wholly erect and
surmounted by the anther. The innermost filaments in these buds are inflexed for about half their
length as in the example described above. This type of varied filament arrangement is unique in the
genus.

The number of stamens per flower is variable in the series and is lowest in E. gardneri and related
species. Occasionally in this group, the stamens are reduced to a single whorl of fewer than 30 stamens,
among the least known in eucalypts (Figure 10b).

Seed.ln all species of the series the seed coat is completely smooth. The seed of most taxa are otherwise
instantly recognisable as belonging to the series by their shape inasmuch as they are spherical or
subspherical (Figure 12a). The seed of no other species in the genus Eucalyptus resemble these. The
seed of E. superspecies “xanthonema" and E. subangusta are modified from the typical in that they
are slightly compressed or angular, resulting in a somewhat cuboid appearance (Figure 1 2b) . The seed
of E. crispata is the most anomalous as it is more compressed, possibly reflecting a hybrid origin for
the species as discussed later.

22

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Figure 11. Staminal arrangement as seen in longitudinal views (left row) and longitudinal sections (right row) of buds with the
operculum removed in (a) E.flavich, (b) E. desmondensis, (c) E. microschenut. Vertical scale bars are 5 mm.

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

23

Phytogeography

Eucalyptus ser. Levispermae extends from the Kalbarri area southwards to the coast, avoiding only
the highest rainfall areas from Busselton to Albany (Figure 13). Inland, the series ranges as far as the
Great Victoria Desert (E. nigrifunda, E. flavida).

Taxa are concentrated most in the southern wheatbelt from the Stirling Range east to the
Ravensthorpe district (Figure 13), a pattern seen also in several other mallee series and in the genus
as a whole (Hopper 1979).

Closely related species (e.g. E. phaenophylla, E. luteola and E. tumida) typically have allopatric
or parapatric distributions, as do subspecies within species (e.g. Figures 14, 16, 32). Thus,
geographical speciation (Grant 1981) appears to have been the predominant mode of divergence in
the series. A detailed study of the evolution of the series is beyond the scope of the present work.

In the Eucalyptus superspecies “redunca", speciation appears to have involved divergence in
preferences for both topography and substrate. For example, F. gardneri is notably a mallet of lateritic
hilltops, E. densa a mallet or mallee of heavy soils, and E. varia subsp. salsuginosa is the only taxon
in the series found in saline flats and drainage lines.

Taxonomic concepts

In assigning rank to taxa in the Eucalyptus ser. Levispermae, we have given weight to both
morphological distinctions and apparent reproductive isolation when (and if) in sympatry. Thus,
morphologically differentiated taxa that grow together and do not intergrade, or that produce only rare
hybrids without extensive introgression, are treated as species. Examples of such species often found
in sympatry include E. wandoo and E. subangusta, E. wandoo and E. gardneri or E. wandoo and
E. capillosa. Allopatric, closely allied taxa with minor morphological distinctions are treated as
subspecies (e.g. the subspecies of E. subangusta).

In contrast, allopatric related taxa that are clearly distinct morphologically are here treated as
species, even though we lack the benefit of observing their reproductive behaviour in sympatry.
Assigning rank to such allopatric taxa must rest on morphological considerations alone in the absence
of biosystematic information. Thus, we consider E. histophylla to be sufficiently distinct from
E. tumida to be a distinct species, even though these taxa are close relatives. Geographically
sympatric but ecologically isolated taxa could also be treated as either species or subspecies.
E. pluricaulis subsp. pluricaulis and subsp. porphyrea are taxa of this sort.

In assigning species status, we have generally given weight to readily perceived habit characters
(i.e. the dominant form in a population) without implying that habit is of absolute reliability (see Key).
For example, the mallet E. gardneri is recognised as a species distinct from its mallee congener
E. pluricaulis. The two species can grow in close proximity but on different soils and topography, i.e.
E gardneri on lateritic hills and E. pluricaulis on lower ground.

24

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Figure 12. Seed of (a) E. redunca (M.IH. Brooker 8658), and (b) E. subangusta subsp. subangusta (MIHB 7914).

Figure 13. Map showing the distribution and density in 1“ x 1" squares of taxa of Eucalyptus ser. Levispermae in southern
Western Australia.

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levisperrme Maiden - Myrtaceae

25

With 28 species now recognised in the series (Table 1 ) , we clearly do not share the views of Mueller
(1879) and Gardner (1945), who proposed that all taxa known to them and now included in the
Eucalyptus series Levispermae except E. desmondensis should be regarded as variants of a single
polymorphic species (i.e. E. redunca).

We recognise informal superspecies, following Pryor and Johnson (1971), for groups of species
that share one or more characters not seen elsewhere in the series, or for single species that have such
characters and no clear relatives. Our treatment is deliberately informal in this respect because much
more work is needed before an accurate assessment of relationships and evolution within the series
is possible.

We wish to stress that this treatment of the Eucalyptus ser. Levispermae is a synthesis of current
knowledge gained from extensive field, glasshouse and herbarium observations, but it may not be the
last word on the taxonomy of the group. It erects hypotheses on relationships and rank that we hope
will be examined by future workers using new techniques and further characters.

Materials and methods

This study is based upon field observations, glasshouse studies and collections of all taxa of the
series, together with morphological investigations of herbarium material from the major Australian
herbaria (PERTH, NSW, MEL, AD, CANB (which now includes FRI), CBG) and some overseas
herbaria (K, BM, LD, K W, W). Type specimens of all previously described taxa have been examined,
apart from Preiss 234 (an untraced syntype of E. redunca). Measurements given in descriptions are
from dry herbarium specimens or fresh seedlings. Notes on distribution, habitat and conservation
status were derived from our own field studies. Terminology for vegetation structure follows Muir
(1977).

We have found observation of most taxa in the field essential for confident identification.
Characteristics of the habit, bark, canopy, adult leaf colour and glossiness, flower colour, glaucousness
of branchlets, and pith glands are all readily determined in the field, and are rarely recorded on
herbarium specimens.

Leaf glossiness was assessed in reflected sunlight and scored as either dull, slightly glossy (satin-
like) or glossy. The presence of pith glands was determined in the field with a lOx hand lens by splitting
up to 1 5 branchlet nodes per plant on each of 1- 10 individuals in at least two populations of each taxon.

Seed for glasshouse studies were collected from individual plants of all taxa and a voucher
herbarium specimen(s) taken from the same individuals. Seed was germinated and 5-10 seedlings of
each collection grown on in the glasshouse until the fifth node leaves had fully developed. A cotyledon
and a fifth node leaf of each seedling was sampled andphotocopied to enable measurements to be taken
at a later date. Fresh seedlings were scored for the node at which the leaves started to alternate, for
colour (on a five point scale from green to blue-green), for hairiness and for the length of the fifth
intranode.

26

Nuytsia Vol, 8, No. 1 (1991)

Our taxonomic method is based explicitly on the whole living plant with some emphasis upon its
environment. We do not hold to the notion that genetic fixity and expression is necessarily shown
adequately on herbarium specimens, label information included, particularly for trees in contrast to
herbs (which can often be preserved whole in herbaria).

Davis and Heywood (1963) stated that “Great care must be taken not to assume, ab initio, that
species we have recognised in the herbarium (often from limited samples that are not even
contemporaneous with one another) are valid representatives of natural populations in the gene pool
sense”.

We extend the idea of “limited samples” to limited information, as speciation in Eucalyptus
involves site adaptation, natural colour (see under£. xanthonema), bark characteristics, leaf category,
leaf disposition etc., all of which cannot be expres.sed in a dried herbarium specimen and, to be useful,
require a standardised glossary of terms in the collector’s notes.

The series Levispermae , until our research, is a cautionary example of taxonomy based on limited
data.

Descriptions

Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden Crit. Rev. Gen. Eucalyptus 7: 144 (1925). E. series
LS'H6cornMfaeBlakely,“KeyEucalypts” 11 1 (1934). £. series “Re£fHncac”Pryorand Johnson, “Class.
Eucalypts” 44 (1971).

Type: E. redunca Schauer.

Trees, mallets or mallees, with or without lignolubers. Bark wholly smooth, with partly
decorticated flakes, or rough on lower part of trunk or stems. Branchlets with or without pith glands,
glaucous or not. Cotyledons bisected. Seedling leaves pctiolate, opposite for 2-6 pairs, elliptic to
ovate, green or glaucous, glabrous or hairy. Juvenile leaves pctiolate, alternating, lanceolate, elliptic,
deltoid or cordate, green or glaucous, glabrous or hairy. Adult leaves petiolale, alternating, linear to
broadly lanceolate, concolorous, green, bluish green or glaucous, dull or glossy. Inflorescences
axillary, unbranched. Peduncles always flattened, broadening towards the top. Buds pedicellate or
sessile, fusiform to double-conic, sometimes curved, outer operculum lost early in bud formation,
inner operculum acutely or obtusely conical or horn-shaped, sometimes uncinate. Outer filaments
erect with anthers held upwards, or erect for most of their length and finally dellexed near the top with
anthers pendulous, inner ones erect for half their length, then inflexed with anthers pendulous towards
the base of the operculum cavity; rarely with all filaments inflexed. Anthers versatile, dorsifixed,
narrow -oblong, opening by parallel longitudinal .slits. Filaments white, cream, or yellow. Ovary sunk
into hypanthium, of 3-4 loculi; ovules in 4 vertical rows on an elongated placenta. Style long, to
underside of operculum . Fruit pedicellate or rarely sessile, cupular, cylindrical or barrel-shaped. S eed
subspherical to spherical, or sometimes somewhat cuboid, rarely ovoid, smooth, whitish to light grey-
brown; hilum ventral.

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

27

Distribution. Widespread in south-western Western Australia (Figure 13) apart from the highest-
rainfall forested areas, from the Kalbarri region (north of the Murchison River) to Israelite Bay, and
inland between Laverton and Balladonia.

Notes. Eucalyptus ser. Levispermae would be placed in the large “division Bisectae” (Maiden 1931)
because of the deeply divided lamina of the cotyledons (Figure 6). This “division” comprises (as
“E. sect. Bisectaria”) more than 100 species in Pryor and Johnson’s classification (1971) and many
more species have been published since.

There are two diagnostic characters for the E. series Levispermae'.

i) the peduncles are always somewhat flattened (in some species distinctly flattened) and widen
distally;

ii) the seed coat is completely smooth (Figure 12).

Additional characters found in most species include:

i) the fusiform bud with the operculum longer than the hypanthium;

ii) the spherical or subspherical seed (Figure 12);

iii) the occurrence within the bud of few erect and many inflexed staminal filaments (Figure 11).

We know of no explicit discussion of the relationship of the series to others in Eucalyptus. Blakely
(1934) placed E. series Suhcornutae after E. series Cornutae without explanation. Many of the
Levispermae species share the elongated operculum found in all species of the Cornutae (we exclude
E. gomphocephala from this series). However, no other diagnostic characters appear to be common
to these two series, and we consider their relationship to be superficial.

In Pryor and Johnson’s ( 197 1) phylogenetic classification, theLev/spcrmae (syn. “Reduncae”) are
separated from the species included in Blakely ’s Cornutaebythesenes“Erythronemae'\ E. erythronema
itself has leaf characters in common with E. eremophila of the Cornutae, but there are no diagnostic
characters in the “Erythronemae” known to us that are shared with the Levispermae.

The other adjacent series to the Levispermae in Pryor and Johnson (1981) is the “Accedentes”, which
also shares no diagnostic characters. The bud and fruit shapes of E. desmondensis are similar to species
of the “Accedentes” {E. accedens) and the “Erythronemae” {E. cylindriflora).

From the order of series of Section “Bisectaria” in Pryor and Johnson (1971), two large subgroups
are evident though not defined explicitly. One comprising series “Cornutae" to “Loxophlebae" (and
including thereby the Levispermae) is largely characterised by the presence of pith glands, and the
other comprising series “Cneorifoliae" to “Foecundae" in which pith glands are absent.

28

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

The anomaly in this arrangement is the Levispermae, which includes most species with
conspicuous pith glands, one without, and some where pith glands are present but rare and often
difficult to detect (a similar anomaly applies to the series “Incrassatae" in section “Durmria"). This
factor, and the absence of shared derived characters in common with other series, suggest that the
series Levispermae is taxonomically isolated.

It is of interest to note that rare inter-series natural hybrids with members of Ihe Levispermae have
been found (see end of taxonomic treatment below), involving species of the “Loxophlebae"
(E. loxophIebaxwandoo),theAccedentes{E.accedensxp}uricaulis)Ahe.“Eiythrone>me’'iE. recondita
xxanthonema), the Cornutae s. lot. (£. spathulata x wandoo) the “Grossae" (E. grossa x histophylla),
the “Dumosae" {E. conglobata x wandoo, E. arachnaea x obtusiflord), the “Incrassatae”
(E. desnwndensis x incrassata, E. incrassata x medialis, E. incrassata x pluricauUs, E. incrassata x
phaenophylla suhsp. phaenophylla). Several of these hybrids represent an intersectional cross, as the
series “Dumosae” and “Incrassatae” are in section “Diimaria”.

Twenty-eight species are recognised in the series. E. desmondensis stands apart from all other taxa,
and is placed in the monotypic subseries Desmondenses which is distinguished in the following key.

Key to subseries of E. ser. Levispermae

1. Stems slender with sparse sometimes drooping crown; branchlets glaucous,
lacking pith glands; operculum broadly conical, ± equal to hypanthium;
all stamens completely inflexed suhstries Desmondenses

1. Stems thick with crown dense, erect or spreading; branchlets glaucous
in few taxa, pith glands present; operculum narrowly conical to attenuate,
usually longer than hypanthium; not all stamens completely inflexed
except in E. microschema subseries Levispermae

T wel VC informal superspecies are recognisable within thcE. subseries Levispermae (Table 1). The
superspecies “wandoo” is characterised by the tree or tree-mallcc habit, large, often hairy seedling
leaves, dull adult leaves more than 1.5 cm wide and compact spindle-shaped buds 1-2 cm long. It
comprises a group of parapatrically replaced taxa. with E. wandoo distinct in its glabrous seedlings
from E. capillosa, E. livida and E. nigrifunda, all of which have hairy seedlings.

The superspecies “phaenophylla” comprises a group of malices with glossy adult leaves more than
1 cm wide and buds more than 1.5 cm long, often with the operculum conspicuously narrower than
the hypanthium at their junction. Again, this is a widespread parapatrically replaced group of taxa.
The easternmost species, E. tumida and E. histophylla, have more allantoid buds than their western
congeners. E. arachnaea stands apart from all other members of the superspecies in its rough bark
and very slender often uncinate opercula.

The superspecies “subangusta” includes three species of smooth-barked malices (or rarely small
mallets) whose adult leaves are usually dull and narrow (less than 1 cm wide) and with small buds
less than 1 cm long. The taxa in this superspecies replace each other parapatrically or allopatrically.
E. subtilis has the narrowest seedling and adult leaves in the series Levispermae, and is isolated
geographically and morphologically from the other two species in the superspecies.

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

29

The superspecies “xanthonema" has four species of mallees or mallets with dull adult leaves
usually less than 1.5 cm wide and narrow spindle-shaped buds to 1.5 cm long with finely attenuate
often uncinate opercula. It has a restricted distribution in the southern wheatbelt. E. melanophitra
stands apart from the other species in its rough basal bark.

The superspecies “redunca” includes five species of mallees or mallets with dull seedling leaves,
usually dull blue-green adult leaves, the characteristic elongate buds to 2.5 cm long and yellow
stamens. The component taxa more or less replace each other parapatrically, although there are some
cases of geographical sympatry (e.g. E. gardneri and E. pluricaulis). There appear to be two groups
of species within the superspecies, with E. redunca and E. varia having yellow-green new growth and
green scarcely bluish adult leaves, while E. gardneri, E. densa and E. pluricaulis have purplish new
growth and conspicuously blue-green adult leaves.

The superspccies “hebetifolia", “abdita”, “ sparsiconw”, “clivicola”, “flavida”, “crispata” and
“desnwndensis” are all monotypic, each having one or more conspicuous characters that isolate them
from all other taxa in the E. ser. Levispermae. Relationships among and within these superspecies
warrant further investigation.

Key to species and subspecies of the Eucalyptus subser. Levispermae

1. Tree or mallet (see habit definitions)

2. Adult leaves glossy or becoming glossy by second

year of growth (new growth or coppice may be dull)

3. Operculum more than 15 mm long; juvenile leaves

lanceolate, glossy green; N and E of Kalgoorlie 14. £. flavida

3. Operculum less than 15 mm long; juvenile
leaves deltoid to ovate, dull blue-green

4. Bark smooth; Ongerup, Ravensthorpe Range

and Bandalup Hill 13. E. clivicola

4. Bark rough; between Mingenew and Morawa 8b. E. arachnaea subsp. arrecta

2. Adult leaves remaining dull throughout growth cycle

5. Branchlets glaucous

6. Basal bark usually rough, dark; adult leaves to 15 mm wide;

buds to 10 X 2 mm; fruit to 5 x 4 mm; Great Victoria Desert 4. E. nigrifunda

6. Basal bark smooth white, grey, cream,

orange or salmon pink; adult leaves to 24 mm
wide; buds to 19 x 4 mm; fruit to 10 x 6 mm

7. Juvenile leaves hairy; east central

wheatbelt to W of Menzies 2a. E. capillosa subsp. capillosa

7. Juvenile leaves glabrous; N wheatbelt from Mt Lesueur

and Coomberdale to Three Springs lb. E. wandoo subsp. pulverea

30

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

5. BranchleLs not glaucous

8. Basal bark rough; buds to 15 x 3 mm; lower
Corackerup Creek and Pallinup River areas;

E of the Stirling Range 21. E. melanophitra

8. Basal bark smooth or with scattered

partly-detached flakes; buds to 26 x 5 mm

9. Operculum more than 10 mm long; crown

intensely blue-green, new growth usually purplish

10. Adult leaves more than 15 mm wide;
usually on lateritic ridges

11. Operculum more than 15 mm long; west

central wheatbelt - Cadoux area 23a. E. gardneri subsp. gardneri

11. Operculum less than 15 mm long;

Ravensthorpe Range 23b. E. gardneri subsp. ravensthorpensis

10. Adult leaves less than 12 mm wide; usually in
depressions or flat country; southern wheatbelt
from Ongerup cast to Ravensthorpe and north-east

to Hyden 24a. E. densa subsp. densa

9. Operculum less than 10 mm long; crown grey-green
to blue-green; new growth not purplish

12. Buds to 7 X 2 mm; fruit to 3 x 3 mm; small mallet
to 5 m tall; northern wheatbelt, particularly

Mullewa to Paynes Find 16b. E. subangusta subsp. pusilla

12. Buds more than 7x2 mm

13. Mallet or small to medium-sized tree maturing
to more than 8 m; new bark creamy grey,
pinkish or yellow; adult leaves green or blue-grey;
juvenile leaves not hairy

14. Mallet; bark cream, grey or pinkish, often with
loosely held non-decorticated dead fragments held
on the lower 1 m; black horizontal insect scars
often present on lower trunk; buds to 14 mm

long; Beaufort Inlet 22. E. praetermissa

14. Small to medium-sized tree; bark white, grey
or yellow, often with scattered loosely held
dark rough-barked fragments; insect scars absent;
buds to 19 mm long; Darling Range and
western wheatbelt. south-east to Stirling Range

and lower Pallinup River la. E. wandoo subsp. wandoo

13. Small tree to 7 m; new bark orange; adult leaves
conspicuously grey; juvenile leaves hairy; western
and southern goldfields

3. E. livida

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

31

1. Mallee (see habit definitions)

15 Stems to 4 m, slender with sparse sometimes weeping crown;
branchlets glaucous, without pith glands; adult leaves to
10 X 3.5 cm, dull, blue-grey; operculum conical, ± equal to

hypanthium; Ravensthorpe Range 28. E. desmondensis

15. Without the above combination of characters

16. Adult leaves glossy, green (mature characteristics may
only be evident on second year leaves inside crown)

17. Operculum more than 15 mm long; juvenile leaves glossy, green;

flowers yellow; fruits to 10 x 6 mm; N and E of Kalgoorlie 14. E.flavida

17. Operculum less than 15 mm long; juvenile
leaves dull, bluish green to green

18. Operculum narrower than hypanthium
at join on mature buds

19. Basal bark smooth

20. Buds to 2.5 mm diam., operculum
conspicuously narrower than
hypanthium; stems ± straight;

central and southern whcatbelt ... 9a. E. phaenophylla suhsp. phaenophylla

20. Buds to 4 mm diam., operculum
only slightly narrower than
hypanthium; stems straggly;

Jerramungup and Boxwood Hills

east to Ravensthorpe Range 9b. E. phaenophylla subsp. interjacens

19. Basal bark rough

21. Basal bark loosely held; leaves erect,

less than 10 mm wide; buds to 10 mm long;

Pingrup-Lake Chinocup area 7. E. sparsicoma

21. Basal bark tightly held; leaves

not prominently erect, to 15 mm wide;
buds to 18 mm long in spidery clusters;

northern and central wheatbelt 8a. E. arachnaea subsp. arachnaea

18. Operculum same width as hypanthium
at join on mature buds

22. Buds less than 1 cm long

23. Basal bark persistent as partially decorticated curling
flakes; adult leaves to 15 mm wide; peduncles to 16 mm
long; Yandanooka-Eneabba area 15. E. crispata

23. Basal bark smooth; adult leaves to 10 mm wide;
peduncles to 10 mm long; wheatbelt between
Manmanning and Watheroo, and near

Narembeen 16d. £. subangusta subsp. virescens

32

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

22. Buds more than 1 cm long
24. Leaves conspicuously erect

25. Buds more than 15 mm long; between

Fra.ser Range and Balladonia

... 12. E. histophylla

25. Buds less than 10 mm long; east and

south-east of Newdegate

. 18. E. microschema

. Leaves held at various angles

26. Basal bark smooth; adult leaves to 20 mm wide;
juvenile leaves to 6 cm wide

27. Adult leaves to 11 x 2 cm; mature buds
allantoid, to 20 x 3 mm; E and NE of
Ravensthorpe to Israelite Bay

W.E.tumida

27. Adult leaves to 10 x 1.5 cm;

mature buds fusiform, to 15 x 4 mm;

Jerramungup and Boxwood Hills
east to Ravensthorpe Range

9b. E. phaenophylla subsp. interjacens

26. Basal bark loose, rough; adult leaves to

12 mm wide; juvenile leaves to 3 em

wide; E of Hyden, 90 Mile Tank area

10. E. luteola

16. Adult leaves dull throughout the crown, blue-green or green
28. Leaves conspicuously erect

29. Buds more than 15 mm long; between

Fraser Range and Balladonia

12. E. histophylla

29. Buds less than 10 mm long; E

and SE of Newdegate

18. E. microschema

28. Leaves held at various angles

30. Leaves less than 10 mm wide

31. Basal bark rough; buds to 30 X 4 mm;

saline or swampy ground;

Dalyup River-Gibson 26b. E. varia subsp. salsuginosa

31. Basal bark smooth

32. Crown blue-green; buds to 20 x 4 mm

33. Adult leaves less than 9 mm wide,
new growth often purplish; maximum
height 3 m; Ravensthorpe-Jerramungup
area

24a. E. dense subsp. improcera

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

33

33. Adult leaves 9-13 mm wide, new growth
yellow-green; maximum height 7 m;

Esperance sandplain (Dalyup River

east to Thomas River) 26a. E. varia subsp. varia

32. Crown green; buds to 17 x 3 mm

34. Buds distinctly pedicellate, to 17 mm long;
operculum attenuate, often hooked at tip

35. Leaves less than 7 mm wide;

SE of Williams to Jerramungup

19a. E. xanthonema subsp. xanthonema

35. Leaves 9-15 mm wide;

Stirling Range 19a. E. xanthonema subsp. apposita

34. Buds tapering to pedicel, to 7 mm long;
operculum conical, not hooked at tip;
adult leaves to 6 mm wide; 90 Mile Tank

to S of Norseman 17. E. subtilis

30. Leaves more than 10 mm wide

36. Mature buds less than 12 mm long;
operculum not curled at tip

37. Fruit to 3 x 3 mm; buds to 7 x 2 mm;

Mullewa and Paynes Find
south to Wongan Hills

37. Fruit more than 3x3 mm; buds to 10 x 3

38. Branchlets glaucous; operculum often
acute; far eastern central wheatbelt ....

38. Branchlets not glaucous; operculum
obtuse; northern and central wheatbelt

39. Bark smooth; notably on yellow
sandplain in the northern wheatbelt
16a.

39. Bark at base in partly decorticated
curls; on lateritic breakaways;

Yandanooka-Eneabba area 15. £. crispata

36. Mature buds more than 12 mm long;
operculum apex often recurved

40. Operculum less than 10 mm long, attenuate or blunt

41. Basal bark loose, rough

16b. E. subangusta subsp. pusilla
mm

16c. E. subangusta subsp. cerina

E. subangusta subsp. subangusta

04689-4

34

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

42. Thin stemmed (to 10 cm diam.);
leaves to 15 mm wide; buds to
14 mm long; Kalgan Plains,

Stirling Range 20. E. medialis

42. Thick stemmed (to 20 cm diam.);
leaves to 18 mm wide; buds to 17 mm

long; Jitarning to Tincurrin and Dryandra 5. E. hebetifolia

4 1 . Basal bark smooth

43. Branchlets glaucous; newly exposed
bark bright orange; central eastern

wheatbelt 2b. E. capillosa subsp. polyclada

43. Branchlets not glaucous

44. Leaves always dull

45. Leaves green; newly exposed
bark not orange; buds fusiform;
operculum acute; seedling leaves

glabrous; Stirling Range ... 19b. E. xanthonema subsp. apposita

45. Leaves conspicuously grey; newly
exposed bark bright orange; buds
allantoid or fusiform; operculum
blunt; seedling leaves hairy;

Coolgardie district south to

Kumarl - Peak Charles 3. E. livida

44. Leaves maturing green and slightly

glossy, at first blue-green; buds fusiform;

operculum acute; W of Dandaragan 6. E. abdita

40. Operculum more than 12 mm long, attenuate

46. Basal bark rough; saline or swampy

ground; Dalyup River-Gibson 26b. E. varia subsp. salsuginosa

46. Basal bark smooth; slopes, plains or lateritic hills

47. Straggly shrub; mature adult leaves
purplish; Tarin Rock south to
Stirling Range and Fitzgerald River

National Park 25b. E. pluricaulis subsp. porphyrea

47. Erect-stemmed malices; mature adult leaves green
or blue-green

48. Leaves green; coastal from Cape Riche
to Fitzgerald River National Park and

Ravensthorpe Range 27. E. redunca

48. Leaves blue-green

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaccae

35

49. Leaves to 18 mm wide; new growth
often purplish; widespread in the
wheatbelt from Three Springs

south to the Stirling Range ... 25a E. pluricaulis subsp. pluricaulis

49. Leaves to 13 mm wide; new growth
yellow-green; Espcrance sandplain

(Dalyup River east to Thomas River) ... 26a. E. varia subsp. varia

Subseries Levispermae

Trees, mallets or mallees. Bark smooth, or with partly decorticated flakes, or rough at the base or
over half to most of stems or trunk. Stems in mature plants not conspicuously slender; crown dense,
erect or spreading, not pendulous. Branch lets and inflorescences not glaucous, or with distinct though
light wax overlay. Branchlcts with or without pith glands. Peduncles always flattened and widening
towards distal end, slender or stout. Buds fusiform and elongated, if relatively short then slender.
Operculum + equal in length to hypanthium or much longer; narrower than or equal in width to
hypanthium, narrowly conical to attenuate. Staminal filaments varying from erect, to inflexed near
top, or inflexed from about half the length of the filament. Flowers white or yellow. Seed subspherical
to spherical, or in some cuboid, rarely ovoid.

This subscries, comprising 27 of the 28 species in the E. ser. Levispermae (Table 1), covers the
whole geographical range of the series (Figure 13). The monotypic subseries Desmondenses is
restricted to the Ravensthorpe district.

1. Eucalyptus wandoo Blakely, “Key to the Eucalypts” 1 12 (1934). - E. redunca Schaucr in Lehm.
Pl.Preiss. 1;127 (1844), pro parte.: -E. reduncaSchmcrvsr. e/flfaBenth.,Fl. Austral. 3: 253 (1867).

Type: Kalgan River, Western Australia, Oldfield s.n. (syn: K)

Colour illustration. Brooker & Kleinig, (1990: 163)

Tree to 25 m tall; bole in large old trees often ascending from characteristic above-ground circular
pedestal (Figure 5c). Bark on saplings fibrous, light grey to yellowish grey, on mature trees always
smooth, white, grey, yellow or pale orange; northern specimens (subsp. pulverea) with slightly
powdery bark; whole trunkoficn with scattered loosely held dark rough-barked fragments. Branchlets
glaucous or not; pith glandular. Leaves of the seedling remaining opposite for 3 or 4 pairs, then
alternating, cordate to ovate, to 13 x 10 cm; slightly glossy green in Darling Range to Stirling Range
specimens, dull grey and waxy in northern and western wheatbelt specimens. Adult leaves lanceolate,
to 15 X 2.4 cm; dull (rarely glossy), greenish grey to blue-grey. Inlloresccnces to 17-flowercd;
peduncles to 1 .8 cm long. Buds fu.siform, to 1 .9 x 0.4 cm, opercula conical, straight or sometimes
slightlyrecurved at the top. Flowers white. Fruit pedicellate, obconical to cylindrical, to 1 x 0.6 cm.
Seed light brown to grey-brown, subspherical to cuboid.

36

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Figure 14. Distribution of E. wandoo subsp. wandoo (•) and E. wandoo subsp. puherea (O), and buds, fruits, adult leaves and
silhouette of a fifth node seeding leaf of E. wandoo subsp. wandoo (scale bar = 1 cm).

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

37

Notes. E. wandoo is the well-known white gum of the Darling Range and Great Southern agricultural
region. It is distinguished from eastern wandoo {E. capillosa) by its consistent tree habit and taller
form, glabrous cordate to ovate seedling leaves, blue-green adult canopy, and less colourful new bark.

Wandoo has an extremely hard and durable timber. It is also important to beekeepers and in
reafforestation for salinity control in south-western Australia.

Extensive stands have suffered crown dieback in recent years, due mainly to wood-boring insect
larvae (P. Brown, pers. comm.).

There are two subspecies,
la. Eucalyptus wandoo Blakely subsp. wandoo

Tree to 25 m with non-powdery bark that is pale yellow when fresh, ageing to white or grey, and
branchlets not glaucous; juvenile leaves up to 10 x 7 cm. (Figures 1, 5b, 5c, 7, 14, 96)

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Guildford, April 1901,C.A«d/ CH’5S.n.(PERTH);
Stirling Range, Jan. 1941, F.M. Bennett near Mt Hassell, Stirling Range (CANB, PERTH); near
Toodyay, March 1937, W.E. Blackall s.n. (PERTH); Albany, Dec. 1937, W.E. Blackall (PERTH); c.
35 miles from Perth towards Brookton, 18 May 1969, M. I. H. Brooker 1749, 1750 (PERTH); 17 miles
SE of Wickepin towards Harrismith, 3 Nov. 1969, M. I. H. Brooker 2258 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 18
miles from York towards Quairading, 12 July 1970, M.I.H. Brooker 2632 (CANB, MEL, PERTH);
11 miles W of Quairading, 12 July 1910, MJJd. Brooker 2633 (CANB, MAAS, PERTH); 8 miles S
ofKulin, 13 July 1910,M./.H. Broofer2650(CANB, PERTH);highest hill betweenBurngup and the
main Lake Grace - Newdegate Road, 20 April 1972, M.I H. Brooker 3590 (PERTH); 12.6 km E of
rail crossing at Carani, 30° 59’S 116° 31’E, 26 Aug. 1982, Mi ll. Brooker 7590 (CANB, NSW,
PERTH); 1.9 km along N boundary fire trail from Bluff Knoll road, Stirling Range, 7 Oct. 1982,
M.I.II. Brooker 7691 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 2.2 km along N boundary fire trail from Bluff Knoll
road, Stirling Range, 7 Oct. 1982,M././/.Rroo^er7692, 7693 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 15.3 kniNE
of Calingiri, towards Wongan Hills, 16 Feb. 1983, M.I. II. Brooker 7968 (CANB, NSW, PERTH);
1.4 km W ofTincurrin North Road on Narrogin - Harrismith road, 32° 56’S 117°45’E, 4 May 1983,
M.I.II. Brooker 8101 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); Salt River Road, N of Stirling Range National Park
22 Feb. 1985, M.I.H. Brooker 8868 (CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); Borden - Bremer Bay road,
34° 19’S 118° 33’E,3March 1985, 8876 (CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); Monjebup
Creek, upstream from crossing on Toompup South Road, 34° 19’S 118°40’E, 3 March 1985,
M.I.H. Brool:cr8882(CANB,MEL,NSW,PERTH);c.l5kmSSWofCorrigin,32° 27’S 117° 48’E,
8 Dec. 1985, M.I.H. Brooker 9\30 (CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 100 m N of rail crossing, SW of
Corrigin, 32° 23’S 117° 47’E 8 Dec. 1985, M.LH. Brooker 9131 (CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH);
4 km SSEofWalebingon highway, 30° 45’S 116° 12'E,28Jan. 1986,M././/. Broolrer9170(CANB,
MEL, NSW, PERTH): 3 km S of Quairading, 15 July mi,M.I.H.Brooker9105{AT),CNNB,MEL,
NSW, PERTH); 20 km SEofQuairading towards Corrigin, 15 July 1987, M././/. Brooker 9101 (AD,
CANB, MEL,NSW,PERTH);31kmSEofQuairading,towards Corrigin, 15 July 1987, Mi.//. Brooker
9109 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 6.1 km E of Shepherd road, 32° 05’S 117° 48', 23 Aug.
1988,M././/.Broofer 10043 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); ImileNofHighbury, 9 Sept. 1947,

38

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Figure 15. Ilolotype of E. wandoo Blakely subsp. pulverea Brooker & Hopper.

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

39

N.T. 233 1 (CANB);BoyaginFauna Sanctuary, SWofBrookton, 19 Jan. 1973,N.T. Burbidge

8088 (CANB, PERTH); Boxwood Hill - Toompup road, 26 km NW from Chillinup Pool turnoff,
34° 09’S 1 18° 30’E, 15 Jan. 1979, MX». Cmp 5166 (CBG, NSW, PERTH); 29 km from Broomehill
along road to Gnowangerup, 33° 53’S 117° 55’E, 15 Jan. 1979, MD. Crisp 5178 (CBG, CANB,
NSW, PERTH); 8 km E of Katanning 33° 42’S 117° 38’E, 15 Jan. 1970, MD. Crisp 5190, (CBG,
CANB, MO, NSW, PERTH); 5 km from Darkan along road to Williams, 33° 18’ S 1 16° 45 ’E, 22 Jan.
1979, MD. Crisp 5374 (CBG, PERTH); Sources of the Blackwood River, 1888, Miss Cronin s.n.
(PERTH); Newcastle (= Toodyay), Feb. & Aug. 1901, F.L.E. Diels & E.A.L. Pritzel s.n. (PERTH);
Mackey Road turnoff 451/2 mile peg on Brookton Hwy, 12 June 1969, H. Demarz 1288 (PERTH);
Swan River, 5. dot.. J. Drummond 81, 84 (LD); Foothills, 25 March 1983, H. Demarz 9597 (CANB,
PERTH); York toPerth road, 1 mileWofTheLakcs,20Sept. 1966,RexFilsonS965 (MEL, PERTH);
Midland Junction, March 1901, W.V. Fitzgerald (PERTH); Tambellup, 25 June 1920, CA. Gardner
24 (PERTH); Harrismith, 5 March 1924, CA. Gardner 2104 (PERTH); 15 miles E of Boulder Rock
along Brookton Hwy, lOSept. 1977, A.M. George 133 (PERTH);0.7 miles E of Arthur river, 15 Aug.
1967, E. Holm s.n. (CANB); c. 2 km NW of Gorge Rock on Corrigin - Kondinin road. 32° 27’S
117° 59’E, 14 June 1985, SD. Hopper 4423 (PERTH); E boundary of Twine Nature Reserve, E of
Narembeen,32° 07’S 118° 59’E, 1 Oct. 1990,8. D.Hopper7S53 (PERTH); Katanning. 14 Aug. 1963,
Sheikh Ibrahim (PERTH); Wooroloo, anno 1907, M. Koch 1 358 (PERTH); Spring Valley Road, 2 km
S of Serpentine Falls, Serpentine, 5 July 1979, G.J.Keighery 23^5 (CANB, PERTH); Crooked Brook,
between Dardanup and Boyanup, 17 Nov. 1980, G.J. Keighery 3542 (PERTH); 5 miles WNW of
Katanning, 26 Sept. 1952, Key&. Wallace (CANB);CohenBrook, Helena River Gorge, 1 Dec. 1966,
L.McGann(CANB,PERTH);BenderineRock,NofBungulla,31° 32’S 117° 39’E,?Jan. 1967,5.7.
Main (PERTH); Broomehill, 16 April 1904, A. Morrison (PERTH); 14 miles E of Tambellup, Jan.

17 1970, K. Newbey 3092 (PERTH); S Mobrup road, c. 2 miles W of Towerup road, SW of Kojonup,

18 Nov. 1970,D. Nicholas (AD, BRI, CANB,K,MEL.NSW, PERTH); King George Sound to York,
Feb. 1 840, L.Prc/^x 247 (LD);King GeorgeSound to York,7March 1840, L. Preiss245 (LD); Avon
district, April 1901,£A. Pmze/313 (BM, PERTH); Darlington, 6 July 1949,5A.5od7/-/: (PERTH);
Coates’ Siding 24 Oct. 1917, F.M. Schock (PERTH); Helena Valley, May 1978, J. Seabrook 550
(PERTH); York road 43 miles from Perth, 19 Oct. 1962, F.G. Smith 1592 (PERTH); 89 miles S of
Williams, near Cranbrook, 11 Dec. 1962, F.G. Smith 1607 (PERTH); Barakin, 1 June 1948,
N.H. Speck (PERTH); Darling Scarp, Lesmurdie, Oct. 1 95 3 , G.M. Storr (PERTH) ; Marradong , 5 June
1961, M.M.H. Wallace s.n. (CANB).

Distribution and habitat. Darling Range and adjacent foothills and coastal plain from Gingin and
Bindi Bindi south towards Donnybrook and south-east through the western part of the wheatbclt to
theStirlingRangeandlowerPallinup River (Figure 14). Thereisarecently discovered disjunct outlier
on a granite outcrop 50 km east of Narembeen, some 120 km to the east of the main occurrence.
Typically E. wandoo subsp. wandoo occurs in more or less pure stands forming an open forest. The
understorey is usually open heath. Preferred soils are predominantly fine textured in undulating
terrain.

Conservation status. Widespread and abundant. Well represented in conservation reserves.

Flowering period. Dccember-May.

40

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Notes. Subsp. wandoo differs from subsp. pulverea in the absence of powder bark, its consistently
yellow new bark, its smaller seedling leaves, and its non-glaucous branchlets. The two subspecies
appear to intergrade north of Gingin, e.g. M.I.H. Brooker 9889 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH)
is from a population with very slight powder bark and pale yellow new bark.

The Twine Reserve disjunct population east of Narembeen {M.I.H. Brooker 10541)has glossy
adult leaves within the canopy and may warrant taxonomic recognition. This population is
presumably a relict from wetter times when the distribution of E. wandoo extended continuously to
the eastern wheatbelt. Like the Jilakin Rock population of jarrah, and the Goddard’s Soak population
of E. rudis, the Twine Reserve stand of E. wandoo occurs well to the east of the main range of the
species, and is confined to favourable soils receiving high runoff from a large granite outcrop.

lb. Eucalyptus wandoo Blakely subsp. pulverea Brooker & Hopper, subsp. nov. (Figure 14, 15)

A subspecie typica statura parviore, cortice pulvereo, saepe pallido-aurantiaco ubi novo et ramulis
glaucis differ!.

Typus: 8.7 km N of Watheroo, Western Australia, 3 February 1988, M.I.H. Brooker 9885 &
C. Sounness (holo: PERTH; iso; AD, CANB, MEL, NSW).

Tree to 1 5 m tall with powdery bark often pale orange when fresh ageing to white or grey, glaucous
branchlets, and juvenile leaves up to 13 x 10 cm.

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA; c. 1 mile SE of Mt Lesueur, 6 Jan. 1970,
MJ.H. Broofer 2351 (AD,CANB,PERTH);7milesNofThreeSprings, 23 April 1910,MJ.H. Brooker
2530 (PERTH); Gully NE of Mt Peron, 30° 06’S 115° 12’E, 2 March 1983, M.r.H. Brooker 8001
(CANB, NSW, PERTH); 6.1 km NE of Arrino towards Morawa, 29° 23 ’S 115° 38’E, 1 Nov. 1984,
M.I.H. Brooker S733 (CANB, NSW, MEL, PERTH); 6.9 km SE of Arrino towards Three Springs,
29° 28’ S 1 1 5° 40’E, 3 June 1985, A/././/. Brooker 9032 (CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 7.4 km N of
Coomberdale, 30°24’S 116°03’E, 27 Jan. 1986, Brooker 9169 (CANB, MEL, NSW,

PERTH); 5.2kmNofMoora,30°35'S 116° 01 ’E, 1 Feb. 1988, M././/. 9876 (AD, CANB,

MEL, NSW, PERTH); 12 km N of Moora, 30° 32’S 1 16° 02’E, 3 Feb. 1988, M.l.H. Brooker 9SS6
(AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 5.7 miles N of Three Springs, 19 Oct. 1966, G.M. Chippendale
38 (CANB, PERTH); proposed Mt Lesueur Reserve, E of Mt Peron, 30° 06’S 1 15° 13’E, 21 May
1981, EA. Grijfin 3152 (PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Northern wheatbelt from the Cataby area to Morawa district (Figure 14).
The subspecies occurs in more scattered stands than typical E. wandoo, but occurs in similar
vegetation structure and soils.

Conservation status. Widespreadin disjunctpopulations. Often locally abundant but poorly represented
in conservation reserves.

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

41

Flowering period. Unknown.

Etymology. The subspecific epithet refers to the powdery bark (Latin pulvereus, dusty).

Notes. The powdery bark, often pale orange when fresh, the glaucous branchlets, and the larger
juvenile leaves distinguish pulverea from E. wandoo subsp. wandoo.

With the description of E. wandoo subsp. pulverea, there are now two powderbark wandoos,
E. accedens being the other taxon usually known as Powderbark Wandoo. Although not closely
related, E. accedens and E. wandoo subsp. pulverea look similar as trees, and grow together at several
sites in the Eneabba region. However, E. acccdewx differs in having grey-white seedling leaves, larger
fruits, thicker shorter buds with a conical operculum shorter than the hypanthium, and grey-brown
cuboid seed with a reticulate (not smooth) surface.

2. Eucalyptus capillosa Brooker & Hopper, sp. nov. (Figures 7, 8, 16, 17, 18)

Eucalypto wandoo Blakely affinis a qua habitu variabili, arbore vel frutice; cortice novo
aurantiaco, ramulis glaucis, folds plantularum pubescentibus differ!.

Typus: 9.5 km NofMerredin on Nungarin road. Western Australia, 15 September 1982,A/././/. Brooker
7620 (holo: PERTH; iso: CANB, NSW).

Differs from E. wandoo in being generally a smaller tree or mallee, with hairy seedlings having
more pairs of opposite leaves (5 or 6), pubescent seedling stems, and adult leaves which also are green
rather than blue-green or glaucous. The newly exposed bark of the mature tree or mallee is more
colourful (bright orange) than in E. wandoo. The branchlets are glaucous and peduncles are to 3 mm
wide.

Etymology. The specific epithet refers to the hairy seedlings (Latin capillosus, hairy).

Notes. E. capillosa is the wheatbelt or eastern wandoo. The contrasting characters (outlined in the
diagnosis) are evident where E. capillosa and E. wandoo grow together in a belt from Kellerberrin
south-east to Corrigin. This is particularly so in winter when the newly exposed orange bark of
E. capillosa contrasts with the less colourful yellow bark of E. wandoo. Further east a few isolated
populations around Lake Barlee appear to be smooth barked intergrades between E. capillosa subsp.
capillosa and E. nigrifunda.

It is possible that the explorer Ernest Giles was the first European to publish observations on
E. capillosa (Giles 1889). On October 6 1875 when camped 25 miles WNWofQueen Victoria Spring
he noted “. ..where we camped there were a number of well-grown eucalyptus-trees with yellow bark”.
Giles encountered these yellow-barked trees again on October 13 near Ularring and on October 24
W of Pigeon Rocks, places where E. capillosa is the only such prominently yellow-orange barked tree.

There are two subspecies, one a tree and the other a robust tree-mallee.

42

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Figure 16. Distribution of E. capillosa subsp. capillosa (•) and E. capillosa subsp. potyclada (o), and buds, fruits, adult leaves
and silhouette of a fifth node seedling leaf of E. capillosa subsp. capillosa (scale bar = 1 cm).

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

43

2a. Eucalyptus capillosa Brooker & Hopper subsp. capillosa (Figures 7, 8, 16, 17)

Colour illustration. Brooker & Kleinig, (1990: 164)

A small to medium-sized tree (to 12 m tall).

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 2 miles N of Wyalkatchem, 30 June 1959,
T.E.H. Aplin 507 (PERTH); Oxendale Farm via Yelbcni, Trayning, 5. dat.,M. Barnes s.n. (PERTH);
Sandford Rock (sic), 15 Jan. 1970, M.I.H. Brooker 2429 (CANB, MEL, PERTH); 13.5 miles N of
Kellerberrin towards Yelbeni, 16 July 1970. M.1.II. Brooker 2691 (CANB, PERTH); 22.6 km W of
Bodallin,31° 16’S 120° 02’E, 20 Aug. 1979, M././/.Brooter 6389 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 123 km
WofCoolgardie,3]° 16’S 120° 00’E,23 Aug. 1979,M././/.BTOofer6471 (CANB, NSW, PERTH);
15.4km NWofSouthern Cross towardsBullfinch, 31° 07’S 119° 13’E,24Aug. 1919, M.I.II. Brooker
6477 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 9.5 kmNofMerredinonNungarinRd,31° 26’S 118° 25’E,15Sept.
1982, M.I.H. Brooker 7620 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); c. 25 km W of Nukarni, 31° 1 9’S 1 17° 56’E,
5 Sept. 1982, M.I.H. Brooker 7625 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); Chiddarcooping Nature Reserve, E
boundary, 17 Feb. 1983, M.I.H. Brooker 7976 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 0.4 km W of Trayning road
on Breakell road, 30° 52’S 1 17° 14’E, 26 Jan. 1 984, M.I.H. Brooker 8438 (CANB, NSW, PERTH);
31 km W of Wyalkatchem, 31° 12’S 1 17° 05’E 26 Jan. 1986, M.I.H. Brooker 9164 (CANB, MEL,
NSW, PERTH); 31 km W of Trayning, 31° 12’S 116° 45’E, 26 Jan. 1986, M.I.H. Brooker 9165
(CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 4.7 km S of Cadoux - Koorda road on Rabbit Proof Fence road,
30° 50’S 117° 13 ’E, 2 July 1986, M.I.H. Brooker 9380 (CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 2 km S of
Quairading, 15 July 1987, M.I.H. Brooker 9704 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 31 km S of
Quairading, 32° 08’S 117° 38’E, 15 July 1987, M.I.H. Brooker 9708 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW,
PERTH); 4.5 miles SWofMerredin, 6 March 1961, G.M. Chippendale 85 (CANB, PERTH); 5.1 miles
E of Carribin {sic), 6 March 1967, G.M. Chippendale 89 (CANB, PERTH); Yorkrakine Rocks (=
Sanford Rock), 7 miles NE of Westonia, 6 March 1967, G.M. Chippendale 92 (CANB, PERTH);
Noongar, 31° 20'S 18° 58’E, 12 Sept. 1976, /?. Coveny 8374 8lB. Haberley (NSW, PERTH); N of
Bullabulling, Aug. 1928, J.H. Frank (PERTH); 3 km N of Karroun Hill, 1 June 1988. J.A. Friend
(PERTH); Bullabulling, 31 May 1949, C.A. Gardner 9271 (PERTH); Lake Barlee, 18 Oct. 1966,
C.A. Gardner 19032 (PERTH); 3 miles E of Carrabin, 31 Aug. 1957, J.W. Green 1709 (PERTH);
Tammin, 20 May 1959, BJ. Grieve (PERTH); Tammin, 25 Nov. 1959. B.J. Grieve (PERTH);
WalyahmoningRock, 39 km ESE of Bonnie Rock, 30° 38’S 118° 45’E, 6 Sept. 1978, S.D. Hopper
1122(PERTH);4kmWofMtBebb,32° 05’S 117° 47’E, 13 June 1985, YD. //o/?/7£-r4396 (PERTH);
Sorenson’sNatureRe.serve,8.9km WofBabakin,32° 07’30"S 117° 55’E, 13 June 1985, YD. Hopper
4402 (PERTH); c. 13 km S along Kalgarin South Rd from Pederah East Rd, 32°42’S 118°46’E,
27 Aug. 1986, YD. //opper 5223 (PERTH); NW of Mt Holland, 33° 12’S 119° 45’E, 2 Sept. 1986,
S.D. //o/jper5423(PERTH);NWslopesofCounty(Quajabin)Pcak,25kmNEofBrookton,32° 12’S
1 17° 1 1’E, 4 July 1 9i%,S.D. Hopper 6367 (PERTH); Chiddarcooping Hill Reserve, N of Warralakin,
2 May 1978, G.J. Keighery 1634 (PERTH); Bungalbin Hills, NE of Koolyanobbing, 15 May 1978,
G.J. Keighery 1760 (PERTH); 6 miles N of Merredin on road to Nungarin, 4 June 1955, A.R. Main
(PERTH); 12 km SW of Callion, c. 104 km NNW of Coolgardie, 22 Aug. 1981, K. Newbey 8762
(PERTH); Duri, 15 April 1953,/?.D. Royce 3999 (PERTH); 32 m S Karalcc,26Mar. 1969,R.D.Royce
8575 (CANB, PERTH); Westonia, 27 July 1917, F.M.C. Schock (PERTH); 40 km W of Southern
Cross, 12 April 1966, P.G. MDon 4114, 4115 & YG.M. Carr (PERTH).

44

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Figure 17. Holotype of E. capillosa Brooker & Hopper subsp. capillosa.

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

45

Distribution and habitat. Central and eastern wheatbelt mainly east of a line between Pithara,
Kellerberrin and Corrigin (Figure 16). There is a westerly outlier at County Peak, 25 km NE of
Brookton, where the subspecies grows on the summit and breakaway, while £. wandoo occurs below
on the surrounding slopes. E. capillosa subsp. capillosa forms open forests on heavy soils. Notably
in the eastern part of its range between Southern Cross and Coolgardie it occupies elevated sites on
decomposing granitic breakaways. The understorey is often very open low heath.

Conservation status. Widespread in disjunct populations, where it is often locally abundant. Well
represented on nature reserves.

Flowering period. February - ?

Notes. E. capillosa subsp. capillosa is closely related to a mallee form we recognise below as
E. capillosa subsp. polyclada. There is extensive intergradation of the two taxa in a narrow belt where
their ranges overlap, especially near Corrigin. However, the two taxa retain their distinct habits over
most of their ranges, and prefer somewhat different habitats. Subspecific rank seems appropriate.

2b. Eucalyptus capillosa Brooker & Hopper subsp. polyclada Brooker & Hopper, subsp. nov.
(Figures 16, 18)

A subspecie typica habitu fruticoso (“mallee”), et occupant! clivos glareosos arenaceos vallium
vadosarum differt.

TypMS':4.8kmNEofKulinonKondininRoad,32° 38’S 118° 12’E, Western Australia, 14Sept. 1988,
M.I.H. Brooker 10075 (holo; PERTH; iso: AD, CANB, MEL, NSW).

Colour illustration. Brooker & Kleinig (1990: 165).

It differs from the typical subspecies by the mallee habit, to 6 m tall, and occupies sandy, gravelly
slopes of broad valleys.

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 8.5 miles EofHyden, 14 July 1910, M. I. H. Brooker
2662 (CANB, MEL,PERTH); 6 miles NW of HoltRock towards Hyden, 14 July 1910, MJ.H. Brooker
2676 (PERTH); 13.6 km E of Hyden, 12 Aug. 1979, M.I.H. Brooker 6323 (CANB); 5.4 km from
Hyden track on Sheoak Rock track, 32° 23 ’S 119° 28’E,9 Aug. 1984, M././/. Brooker 8626 (CANB,
MEL, NSW, PERTH); 1 km S of Pithara, 30° 25’S 116° 40E, 3 Nov. 1985, M.I.H. Brooker 9056
(CANB,MEL,NSW,PERTH);NNEofKondinin,32° 27’S 117° 20’E,8Dec. \9%5,M. I. H. Brooker
9132(CANB,MEL,NSW,PERTH);31kmWofWyalkatchem,31° 12’S 117° 05’E,26Jan. 1986,
M.I.H. Brooker 9163 (CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); c. 0.5 km S of Pithara, 13 March 1986,
M.I.H. Brooker 9212 (CANB, PERTH, NSW, MEL); Dragon Rock Reserve, between rock and
Pingaring - Holt Rock road, 32° 47’S 1 19° 04 E, 21 Oct. 1986, M.I.H. Brooker 9481 (AD, CANB,
PERTH, NSW, MEL); 0.5 kmEofRoseboroughRoad,EofHarrismith, 19 May 19^1, M.I.H. Brooker
9653 (CANB, MEL, NSW,PERTH); 6km S W of ThcHumps, 32° 21 ’30"S 1 18° 55’E, 14 June 1985,
SD. Hopper 4412 (PERTH); 0.3 km N of Scrivener Rocks, 32° 19’30"S 118° 49’E, 14 June 1985,
SD. Hopper 4413 (PERTH); 8 km SW of Scrivener Rocks, 32° 22’S 118° 45’E, 14 June 1985,

46

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Figure 18. Holotype of E. capillosa Brooker & Hopper subsp. polyclada Brooker & Hopper.

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

47

S.D. Hopper 4416 (PERTH); 26 km ENE of Bendering, 32° 21’ 30"S 118° 34’30"E, 14 June 1985,
Hopper 44 19 (PERTH); Nature Reserve, 7 km ENE of Bendering, 32° 22’S 118° 12’E, 14 June
1985, SD. Hopper 4422 (PERTH); 13 km SE of Corrigin on road to Kondinin, 32° 25’30"S
1 17° 57’30"E, 14 June 1985, SJ). Hopper 4424 (PERTH); 8.5 km SSW of Cadoux, 2.9 km N along
Hale Road from junction with Manmanning Road, 30° 50’S 1 17° 05’E, 13 June 1988, A. Napier &
A. KellylAl (PERTH); 10 miles S ofCheritan’s Find, Marvel Loch, 24 March 1969RX)./?ojce8551
(CANB, PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Central wheatbelt, from Pithara in the north-west to east of Hyden and Lake
King (Figure 16). The subspecies occurs in tall mallee, favouring gravelly sands on slopes in
undulating terrain.

Conservation status. Occurs in disjunct populations, in which it is often locally abundant. Represented
in nature reserves.

Flowering period. Unknown.

Etymology. The subspecific epithet refers to the mallee habit (Greek poly , many and clada, stems).

Notes. E. capillosa suhsp. poly clada is the common “mallee wandoo” of the lower northern and central
eastern wheatbelt. East of Hyden in areas such as the Ironcaps it is replaced by the related E. livida,
which is distinguished by the nonglaucous branchlets, grey leaves and allantoid buds. E. capillosa
subsp. polyclada intergrades with and in places co-occurs with the wheatbelt wandoo, E. capillosa
subsp. capillosa (c.g. N and NE of Corrigin).

3. Eucalyptus livida Brooker and Hopper, sp. nov. (Figures 19, 20, 21)

Eucalypto capillosae Brooker & Hopper affinis a qua glaucedinem deficient!, folds adultis
distincte cinereis, pedunculis latioribus, alabastris fructibusque robustioribus differt.

Typus: 17 km from highway towards Peak Charles, Western Australia, 3 April 1988, M.I.H. Brooker
9929 (holo: PERTH; iso: AD, CANB, MEL, NSW).

Colour illustration. Brooker & Kleinig (1990: 166).

Mallee or small tree with smooth stems. Pith of branchlets glandular. Branchlets not glaucous.
Bark grey over bright orange. Leaves of the seedling remaining opposite for 4-6 pairs, then alternating,
ovate, to 7 X 4.5 cm, green, hairy. Adult leaves petiolate, alternating, lanceolate, to 10 x 1.5 cm, dull,
conspicuously grey or rarely grey-green. Inflorescences to 1 1-flowered. Peduncles to 0.5 cm wide.
Buds allantoid or fusiform , to 1 .9 x 0.4 cm . Some outer stamens erect, inner ones partly or completely
inflexed, all fertile. Flowers not seen. Fruit cupular, to 0.7 x 0.5 cm, valves not exserted. Seed light
brown, subspherical to rarely cuboid.

48

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Figure 19. Eucalyptus livida distribution, buds, fruits, adult leaves and silhouette of a fifth node seedling leaf (scale bar =
1 cm).

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

49

or roagsr rsgsg&scH

6m2»v<«‘» Atstyankkg Sfonk*?

K»»mss» H I fi &z<^-kttr ints 2 M^vil i9«s.

kw 4.VS ’-««¥ 121 * s

Sse»

I? m fto® .»k'f«e««a-£si>«faEf;4?

Hishksii? f«? P*4ic. Cha^'lfe* ^

«sa45i8« 3 » tail ??<3y<

»raai?« ?»t'<oEh W^k;- mt giaiifC-^urs; la^-zaa
promirawitly i3«.U;

Figure 20. Hololype of E. livida Brooker & Hopper.

04689-5

50

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: N of Bullabulling, 25 May 1964,7.5. Beard3336
(PERTH);44kmSEofCoolgardie,31° 15’S 12r28’E,9Nov. 198 l,A7././/.firooA:er 7055 (CANB,
NS W, PERTH); 8.9 km W of Coolgardie Norseman road on Hyden track, 32°01’S121°35’E,7 Nov.
1983, M.I.H. Brooker 8351 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 74 km W of highway on Lake King Road,
32° 42’S 120° 48’E, 12Feb 1985,A7././/.Braofer8845 (CANB,MEL,NSW,PERTH);NWofNorth
Ironcap, E of Hyden, 32° 20’S 1 19° 37’E, 24 Aug. 1988, M.I.H. Brooker 10054 (AD, CANB, MEL,
NSW, PERTH); North Ironcap summit, 32° 21’S 119° 40’E, M.I.H. Brooker 10060 (AD, CANB,
MEL, NSW, PERTH); on Hyden track between cross roads and Marvel Loch, 8 Dec. 1966,
S. Chambers 184 (PERTH); 46 km from Coolgardie along Eyre Highway towards Norseman,
31° 15’S, 121° 29’E, 1 Feb. 1979, Mi). Cmp 5624 (CBG, NSW, PERTH); Hyden-Norseman Road,
+ 35 miles W of Eyre Highway, 6 Feb, 1963, A.S. George 4334 (PERTH); 21 km NW of Holt Rock
P.O. on track to Hyden, 32° 32’S 1 19° 16’E, 5 Oct, 1976, L. Haegi 120g (AD, PERTH); 96.6 km W
of Norseman-CoolgardieRoad on track to Hyden, 3 km W of McDermidRock, 32° Ol’S 120° 46’E,
7 Nov. 1983, K.//j7/615andL.7o/m5ci«,D.B/a.re//, /.Brooder andS./Zopper (CANB, NSW, PERTH);
115.7kmEofLakeKing,32°41’S 120° 42’E, 17Sept. 1976, R. 760778 (PERTH);, Kumarl

Road, 16km WNW of Kumarl siding, 24.5 km NEofPeak Charles, 32° 44’ S 121° 20’E,6Sept. 1982,
S.D. Hopper250\ (PERTH);9.6 kmSEalongmainroadfromDiggersRocktoHattersHill,32° 45’S
119° 36’E, 30 Aug. 1986, SD. Hopper 5305 (PERTH); Hatters Hill, 32° 51’S 119° 59’E, 30 Aug.
1986, SD. Hopper 5308 (PERTH); 15.9 km S of Mt Holland on Lake Cronin-Southern Cross road,
32° 18’S 119°45’E, 2 Sept. 1986, S.D. Hopper 5402 (PERTH); Top slopes of North Ironcap,
33° 22’S 119°40’E,3 Sept. 1986, 5i). Hopper 5430 (PERTH); 13.5 km NEofHatters Hill on Lake
Hope track, 32° 44’00’'S 120° 04’00"E, 28 Sept. 1988, S.D. Hopper 6868 (PERTH); 5.6 km NE of
Hatters Hill on Lake Hope track, 32° 47’30"S 120° 01’00"E, 28 Sept. 1988, SD. Hopper 6871
(PERTH); Hatters Hill, 3 Sept. 1970, K.R. Newbey s.n. (PERTH); North Ironcap, 7 July 1979,
K. Newbey 5213 (PERTH); 29 km SW of McDermid Rock, 114 km W of Norseman, 15 July 1979,
K. Newbey 5304 (CANB, PERTH); 0.3 km SE of Hatters Hill, 40 km NE of Lake King, 8 Aug 1979,
K. Aewiiey 5449 (PERTH); 3 km NW of Lake Cronin, c. 83 km E of Hyden, 17 July 19S1,K. Newbey
8305 (PERTH); Gibraltar, c. 24 km W of Coolgardie, 11 April 1966, P.G. Wilson 4102 and
S.G.M. Carr (PERTH); near Gibraltar, c. 22 km WS W of Coolgardie, 25 Aug. 1968, P.G. Wilson 782
(PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Central and southern goldfields, particularly from Coolgardie to Norseman,
and south to the Kumarl - Peak Charles area and west to the North Ironcap - Hatters Hill area
(Figure 19). E. livida grows in a pure tall mallee formation, usually confined to small elevated
breakaways of decomposing granite or rarely banded ironstone. Detailed ecological notes on
associates and habitats of E. livida are given in Newbey and Hnatiuk (1988: 24, 27, 99, 1 1 1), where
the species is referred to as E. aff. wandoo or E. aff. redunca.

Conservation status. Locally abundant but in widely disjunct populations on vacant Crown land.
Poorly represented on nature reserves.

Flowering period. Unknown.

Etymology. The epithet refers to the canopy colour (Latin lividus, blue or leaden colour).

Notes. E. livida, which may be a tree or mallee, is the eastern and south-eastern representative of

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

51

E. superspecies “wandoo”. It differs from E. capillosa in the non-glaucous branchlets, strikingly grey
leaves and more robust peduncles, buds and fruit. The seedlings are hairy.

E. livida is a conspicuous dominant usually emergent above other vegetation (Figure 21). It has
horticultural potential in dry country particularly on elevated stony ground.

4. Eucalyptus nigrifunda Brooker & Hopper, sp. nov. (Figures 22, 23)

Ah Eucalypto wanc/oo Blakely corticenon-decorticatonigrobasi,plantulispubescentibusetfoliis
adultis, alabastris fructibusque parvioribus differt.

Typus: Boll Point (28“= 50’ S 123'=’ 30’E) 'WSW of Mt Carlon, Western Australia, 14 May 1984,
M.I.H. Brooker 8587 & SD. Hopper (holo: PERTH; iso: AD, CANB, MEL, NSW).

Colour illustration. Brooker & Kleinig (1990: 167).

Differs from E. wandoo Blakely by the basal, rough, black bark, the pubescent seedlings and the
smaller adult leaves (to 11 x 1.5 cm), buds (to 1 x 0.2 cm) and fruit (to 0.5 x 0.4 cm).

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: W of Lake Rason, 215 km NW of airstrip. Great
Victoria Desert, 14 May 1984, M.I.H. Brooker 8584 (CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); Laverton in
sandy spinifex country S of Lake Rason, c. Nov. 1911, Richmond 5 (PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Known only from the Great Victoria Desert (Figure 22), where it forms a
low woodland confined to breakaways of decomposing granite and adjacent slopes and plains.

Conservation status. Possibly rare, but in need of further survey . Known from few disjunct populations
on vacant Crown land. Not recorded on a nature reserve.

Flowering period. Unknown.

Etymology. The specific epithet refers to the dark butt (Latin nigri, black and fundus, bottom).

Notes. E. nigrifunda is a recently discovered desert wandoo. It is a tree usually with dark basal rough
bark and with smaller leaves, buds and fruit than E. wandoo and E. capillosa. The branchlets are
glaucous and the seedlings hairy. The typical form comes from the Great Victoria Desert. Populations
to the west (e.g. in the Lake Barlee area and west of Menzies, C.A. Gardner 19032 (PERTH)) lack
the black butt and may be intergrades between E. capillosa and E. nigrifunda.

5. Eucalyptus hebetifolia Brooker & Hopper, sp. nov. (Figures 24, 25, 26)

Frutex “mallee” ad 5 m altus, cortice inferiore aspro laxo, griseo super flavido. Plantae glabrae.
Folia adulta lanceolata, pallido-viridia, hebeta. Opercula hypanthio angustiora. Semina subsphaerica
vel cuboidea.

52

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Figure 21. E. livida showing mallee habit (NE of North Ironcap).

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

53

Figure 22. Eucalyptus nigrifunda distribution, buds, fruits, adult leaves and silhouette of a fifth node seedling leaf (scale bar =
1 cm).

54

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Figure 23. Holotype of E. nigrifunda Brooker & Hopper.

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

55

Typus-. 0.4 km N of Tincurrin on Tincurrin North Road, Western Australia, 3 May 1988, M././/. Brooker
9941 & C.J. Ranford (holo: PERTH; iso: AD, CANB, MEL, NSW).

Mallee to 5 m tall with loose grey over yellow rough bark to 1 m, smooth above. Pith of branchlets
glandular. Leaves of the seedling remaining opposite for 2 or 3 pairs, then alternating, broadly
lanceolate, to 10 x 4 cm, bluish green, glabrous. Adult leaves lanceolate, to 12 x 1.8 cm, dull, Ught
green. Inflorescencesto 13 -flowered. Peduncles to 1.8 cm long. Buds tol.7x0.3 cm, with operculum
narrower than hypanthium. Flowers very pale yellow to creamy white. Fruit pedicellate, cupular, to
0.7 X 0.6 cm. Seed light grey-brown, subspherical to cuboid.

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 6.1 km E of Jitaming rail crossing towards
Wickepin, 32<’46’S 117°57’E, 5 May 1983, M.I.H. Brooker 8108 (CANB, NSW, PERTH);
DryandraBlock,DryandraRd,32° 48’S 116° 58’E,27 June 1986, 1983, M././/, Brooker 9366 (AD,
CANB,NSW,PERTH);2 km S ofWickepin-HarrismithRoadon Tincurrin North Road, 3 May 1988,
M.I.H. Brooker 9940 & CJ. Ranford (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 10.3 km from Dudinin
towards Jitaming, 32° 52’S 117° 57’E, 19 July 1988,M././/.Brooker9986(AD,CANB,MEL,NSW,
PERTH); Harrismith, 5 March 1924, CA. Gardner 2105 (PERTH); 6.5 km W of Kukerin, 29 Oct.
1975, /.VP. Green 4547 (PERTH); Reserve, 16.1km SSE of Tincurrin siding by road, 12kmSSEby
air, 33° 05’S 117° 50’E, 11 Sept. 1982, Si).//opper 2570 (PERTH); Harrismith South Road, 1.5 km
N of Grays Road, SSW of Harrismith, 33° 02’S 117° 33’E, 11 March 1988, SI>. Hopper 6345
(CANB, PERTH); 700 m NW of Tincurrin siding, 32° 58’S 117° 47 ’E, 1 1 March 1988, Si?. Hopper
6347 (CANB, PERTH); Tincurrin rd, 1.2 km N of Tincurrin siding, 32° 58’S 117° 47’E, llMarch
1988, SD. Hopper 6348 (CANB, PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Central wheatbelt, mainly between Jitarning, Tincurrin and Dryandra
(Figure 24). Grows on high ground in undulating terrain. Soils are sandy gravels. Associated eucalypts
include E. wandoo subsp. wandoo, E. incrassata, E. phaenophylla subsp. phaenophylla and
E. aff. leptophylla.

Conservation status. Geographically restricted and known mainly from small disjunct populations on
roadsides. Recorded from only one nature reserve. Requires further survey.

Flowering period. December-January.

Etymology. The epi thetrefers to the dull leaves which contrast with the glossy leaves of E. phaenophylla
(Latin hebes. dull and folium, leaf).

Notes. E. hebetifolia is a robust dull-leaved mallee occurring west of the distribution of E. capillosa
subsp. polyclada, from which it differs in its glabrous seedlings, non-glaucous branchlets and rough
basal bark. It is easily distinguished from E. superspecies “phaenophylla” by its dull leaves, but
E . hebetifolia has in common with that superspecies the operculum narrower than the hypanthium
at the join, apart from £. phaenophylla subsp. interjacens, in which the character is somewhat variable.

56

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Figure 24. Eucalyptus liebelifolia distribution, buds, fruits, adult leaf and silhouette of a fifth node seedling leaf (scale
bars =1 cm).

M.I.H, Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

57

Figure 25. Ilolotype of E. hebetifolia Brooker & Hopper.

58

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Figure 26. E. hebetifolia mallee habit (N of Tincurrin), and trunks.

M.I.II. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispcrniae Maiden - Myrtaceae

59

Figure 21 . Eucalyptus abdita distribution, buds, fniits, adult leaf and silhouette of a fifth node seedling leaf (scale bars = 1 cm).

60

Nuylsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

WfSfBm AUSTHfetlAN

<AA

Y.,5« W.««

Ki, mst -of vst^sy

g*5» ieU Kfith 3«&si,n §.r«y «":«n$s} 3.i8*««3
«aS,i 8f«ws ®r ysry §i»«*y irs»'««

crasa-i j .ssns? al.w»f> n«4( out^t-

i«»V«S, ^S-*«A«Z- wiSbirj <5!f«a!«8 0%&TSUiu»

* Jo ¥i<^6n S® s«5?is>

HOiCTVPC

Figure 28. Holotype of E. abdita Brooker & Hopper.

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

61

6. Eucalyptus abdita Brooker & Hopper, sp. nov. (Figures 27, 28)

Frutex “mallee” ad 3 m alius cortice laevi. Medulla ramulorum glandulifera. Folia planlularum
late ovata, thalassica, ad 8.5 x 5 cm, glabra. Folia adulta primo leviter thalassica, postremo viridia,
leviter nitentia, ad 9 x 2 cm. Inflorescentiae ad 1 1-llorae, alabastris fusiformibus et operculo aequanti
hypanthium diametro, ad 1.4 x 0.3 cm, apice acuto et aliquot leviter redunco. Fructus pedicellati,
obconici vel leviter doliiformes, ad 0.6 x 0.4 cm. Semina subsphaerica vel cuboidea.

Typus: Mt Misery, 30° 4rS 115° 37’E, Western Australia, 20 Sept. 1988, M.I.H. Brooker 10086 &
SD. Hopper (holo: PERTH; iso: AD, CANB, MEL, NSW).

A mallee to 3 m tall with smooth grey stems. Pith of branchlets glandular. Leaves of the seedling
remaining opposite for 4 or 5 pairs, then alternating, broadly ovate, to 8.5 x 5 cm, bluish green,
glabrous. Adult leaves lanceolate, to 9 x 2 cm, at first blue-green and dull, finally green and slightly
glossy. Inflorescences to 13-flowered. Peduncles to 1 cm long. Buds pedicellate, fusiform, to 1.4 x
0.3 cm; operculum equal in diameter to hypanthium, with a sharply acute apex sometimes slightly
recurved. Fruit pedicellate, obconical to slightly barrel-shaped, to 0.6 x 0.4 cm. Seed light grey-
brown, subspherical to cuboid.

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 10.3 miles south-west of Three Springs towards
Eneabba, 7 January 1970, M.I.H. Brooker 2355 (CANB, PERTH); 30 km east of Eneabba towards
Carnamah, 20 August 1982, M.I.H. Brooker 7577 (CANB); below southern scarp of Ml Peron, 2
March 1983, M././/. Brooker 7991 (CANB); type locality, 18 August 1988, M.I.H. Brooker 10032
(CANB); E boundary of proposed Mt Adams Nature Reserve, 4.1 km N of Tomkins Rd on Burges
Rd, 29° 26’S 115° 20’E, 23 July 1986, M.I.H. Brooker 9407 & S.D. Hopper (AD, CANB, MEL,
NSW, PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Of disjunct distribution, known from Mt Misery near Dandaragan, north
west to Mt Peron and north to Three Springs (Figure 27). It grows on lateritic soils sometimes near
breakaways. Associated eucalypts are E. arachnaea subsp. arachnaea, and E. gittinsii Brooker &
Blaxell.

Conservation status. Requires further survey. Apparently rare and vulnerable.

Flowering period. Unknown.

Etymology. The epithet refers to our overlooking E. abdita at the type locality because of a mistaken
first impression that the species was E. pluricaulis. Most plants in the type population had dull blue-
green immature leaves in the canopy in March 1988 when we first saw E. abdita. It was only on close
inspection in September 1988 that we recognised the species as a distinct new taxon with slightly
glossy adult leaves, and therefore unrelated to E. pluricaulis (Latin abditus. hidden, concealed).

Notes. E. abdita differs from E. pluricaulis in its green slightly glossy mature leaves contrasting with
the dull blue-green new growth, and in its shorter less attenuate buds. The latter resemble more those
of E. hebetifolia and E. superspecies “wandoo” than those of E. pluricaulis. Because the operculum

62

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

equals the hypanthium at the join, E. abdita appears not to be closely related to E. phaenophylla or
E. arachnaea. Its relationships require further investigation.

7. Eucalyptus sparsicoma Brooker & Hopper, sp. nov. (Figures 29, 30, 3 1)

Frutex (“mallee”) ad 5 m altus caulibus exilibus et canopiis parvis terminalibus. Cortex peculiaris,
super latera occidentale in taeniis non decorticantibus tenentibus, orientate laevis vel omnino corticae
aspero. Medulla ramulorum glandulifera. Folia adulta anguste lanceolata, ad 7 x 0.9 cm, nitentia,
viridia. Inflorescentiae axillares, ad 1 l-florae; pcdunculi complanati. Alabastra pedicellata, ad 1 x
0.3 cm, operculo distincte hypanthio angustiore. Fructus pedicellati, cupulati, ad 0.8 x 0.5 cm.
Semina subsphaerica vel cuboidea.

Typus: 0.8 km E of Chinocup road, Western Australia, 11 January 1 988, M././/.Broofer 9850 (holo:
PERTH: iso: AD, CANB, MEL, NSW).

A mallee to 5 m tall with slender stems and small terminal crowns of small narrow leaves. Bark
sometimes unusual with the western sides of the stems covered with non-decorticated ribbons of rough
bark while the eastern sides are smooth pinkish grey and light grey, other mallees with rough bark
all round the trunk. Pith of branchlets glandular. Leaves of the seedling remaining opposite for 2 pairs,
then alternating, elliptical to ovate, to 7 x 2.5 cm, blue-green. Adult leaves narrowly lanceolate, to
7 X 0.9 cm, concolorous, glossy, green. Inflorescences axillary, unbranched, to 11-flowered.
Peduncles flattened, to 1 cm long. Buds pedicellate, fusiform, to 1 x 0.3 cm, with operculum
distinctly narrower than hypanthium. Some outer stamens erect, inner ones partly or completely
inflexed, all fertile. Flowers not seen. Fruit pedicellate, cupular, to 0.8 x 0.5 cm: valves not exserted.
Seed light grey-brown, subspherical to cuboid.

Specimens WESTERN AUSTRALIA: type locality, II January 19?,S,M J .H Brooker9S49

(AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); N of Nyabing - Pingrup road on Chinocup road, 8 March 1988,
MJ.H. Brooker9902 , 9903 & S.D. Hopper (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 0.9 km E of Tincurrin
Nth road on Stock Route 3, 32° 56’S 117° 48’E, 12 December 1988, MJ.H Brooker 10144 (AD,
CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); Pingrup, 22 Feb. 1952, C.A. Gardner 10322 (PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Known only from near Tincurrin and the southern side of Lake Chinocup
(Figure 29), where it grows in white or pale brown sand or sandy loam on flat to gently sloping terrain.
At Lake Chinocup, it forms an emergent shrub mallee formation with £. scyphocalyx, E. aff. flocktoniae,
E. aff. occidentalis and E. phaenophylla subsp. phaenophylla over heath or low scrub of Melaleuca
uncinata, sometimes over a Borya sphaerocephala R. Br. herbfield.

Conserx’ation status. Requires further survey. Apparently geographically restricted but locally
abundant and represented on a nature reserve.

Flowering period. December-March.

Etymology. The specific epithet refers to the characteristic crown (Latin sparsus, sparse and coma,
crown of leaves).

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myitaceae

63

Figure 29. Eucalyptus sparsicoma distribution, buds, fruits, adult leaf and silhouette of a fifth node seedling leaf (scale bars =
1 cm).

64

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

MOLOtYPe

sp^x'sitwta S.n'Kskisr I-

s!» S J*.54- t«af/ *<w >f

«sftSi*a 3 » «a vhixff

cl*?', &Air>. viAi^h
«#:ca» ls«.'ft«l¥ ?i«)4 is
Sil8%»:»w*v stYastJ?- »4t * slsl« '>t
f sss4sith *ftd

KS^?-

^mo O^VISIO^ OF FOREST 8ES£AaCH

^ * 45 '* at«»ft-»5>i>

ia»^e4

Figure 30. Holotype of E. sparsicoma Brooker & Hoppei

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

65

Figure 3 1. E. sparsicoma mallee habit (S of Lake Chinocup), and trunk and bark.

04689-6

66

Nuylsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Figure 32. Distribution oiE. arachmea subsp. arachnaea (#) and E. arachmea subsp. arrecta (o), and buds, fruits, adult leaves
and silhouette of a fifth node seedling leaf of E, arachnaea subsp. arachnaea (scale bar = 1 cm).

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

67

Figure 33. E. arachuaea subsp. arachnaea inallee habit at Howathaira, and stems and bark.

68

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Notes. E. sparsicoma has glossy leaves and the operculum narrower than the hypanthium like

E. phaenophylla, but differs in its terminal crown, rough bark held in loose ribbons, smaller buds and
its smaller erect leaves.

8. Eucalyptus arachnaea Brooker & Hopper, nom. et stat. nov. E. redun ca Schauer var. melanophloia
Benth. “FI. Austral.” 3: 253 (1867). Type: Cheeanga thicket, Murchison River, Western Australia,
Oldfield s.n. (holo: K; iso: NSW).

Amalleelo? m tall or a tree to 10 m. Bark rough and tightly held on lower part of stems at least,
dark grey to grey-black. Pith of branchlets glandular. Leaves of the seedling remaining opposite for
3 or 4 pairs, then alternating, deltoid to broadly lanceolate, to 12 x 5 cm, blue-green to glaucous,
slightly or very hairy particularly on margins. Adult leaves lanceolate, to 9 x 1.5 cm, very glossy
green. Inllorcsccnces to 13-nowcred; peduncles to 2 cm long. Buds shortly pedicellate, fusiform, to
1.8 X 0.3 cm, operculum narrower than hypanthium at the join, horn-shaped. u.sually recurved at the
tip.Flowers white.Fruit shortlypedicellatc, shortly cylindrical (just longer than broad), to 0.7 x 0.5 cm.
Seed light brown, more or less spherical (Figures 5a, 32, 33, 34, 35).

Etymology. A new specific epithet is required for this taxon because the varietal name melanophloia
used by Bentham is already in use at the species level, i.e. Silver-leaved Ironbark E. melanophloia

F. Muell. of Queensland and northern New South Wales. The new name refers to the spidery clusters
of buds seen particularly in the fresh state (Latin arachnaeiis, spidery).

Notes. E. arachnaea belongs to the superspecies "phaenophylla”, a group of species that is
characterised by the operculum being clearly narrower than the hypanthium and by the glossy green
leaves. E. arachnaea is widespread although sporadic as it characteristically occupies low stony rises
or lateritic breakaways as in the Morseby Range. It differs from related species (£. phaenophylla,
E. tumida, E. histophylla) by the rough bark in mature specimens, verrucose seedlings and more
delicate buds which are often seen in spidery masses within the crown.

There are two subspecies.

8a. Eucalyptus arachnaea Brooker & Hopper subsp. arachnaea, subsp. nov.

Colour illustration. Brooker & Kleinig (1990: 181).

A malice to 7 m tall (Figures 32, 33).

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 3 miles S of Carnamah, 22 May 1962, T.E.H. Aplin
1480 (PERTH); Between Dongara and Northampton, Sept 1932, W.E. Blackall (PERTH); 15 miles
from Northampton on Lynton road. April 1952, G.E. Brockway (PERTH); 5 miles E of Brookton,
22 July 1969, M.l.H. Brooker 1866 (PERTH); 7 miles NofWatheroo, 23 April 1910, M.I.ll. Brooker
2529 (AD, CANB, PERTH); between Goomalling and Konnongorring, 31° lO’S 116° 49’E, 2 Jan.
1980,M././/. Broofe/-6756, 6757 (CANS, NSW,PERTH);Kalguddering Rock, 30° 58’S 116°46’E,
2Jan.l980.M/.//.BTOo/:cr6762(CANB,NSW,PERTH);Dampaddock,“Mingaree”,WofCoorow,
21 May 1982, M.l.H. Brooker 7518 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); Depression W of intersection of

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

69

Mudge Rd and Coorow-Greenhead Rd, 21 May \9%2,M -I -H. Brooker 7521 (CANB, NSW, PERTH);
12.6 km E of Bindi Bindi, 21 May 1982, M.I.H. Brooker 7531 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); Tootbardi
Rd, N of Badgingarra, 19 Aug. 1982, M./,//, Brooke;- 7570 (CANB, NS W, PERTH); 28 km E of Great
Northern H’way,E of Carani, 30° 59’S 116° 58’E,26Aug. 1982,M././/.Brooker 7580, 7581 (CANB,
NSW, PERTH); 12.6 km E of rail crossing at Carani. 30° 59’S 116° 3rE, 26 Aug. 1982,
M.I.H. Brooker 7589B (CANB, NSW, PERTH); Wongan Hills, road to radio tower, 30° 52’S
116° 38’E,26Aug. 1982,A/././/.Brooker7598(CANB,NSW,PERTH);4kmSPiawaning,30° 54’S
116° 23’E, 26 Aug. 1982, M.I.H. Brooker 7601 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 30 km from Tammin on
YorkRd,31°48’S 117° 19’E,15Sept. 1982, M././/. Brooker 7632, 7633 (CANB, NSW, PERTH);
Between Hutt River and Northampton, 28° 17’S 1 14° 22 ’E, 25 Jan. 1983, M.I.H. Brooker 7939
(CANB, NSW, PERTH); 23 km NW of Strawberry on Burma Road, 29° 05’S 115° lO’E, 26 Jan.
1983, M.I.H. Brooker 7946 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 15.3kmNEofCalingiri towards Wongan Hills,
30° 59’S 116° 33’E, 16Feb. 1983,M././/.Brooker7965(CANB,NSW,PERTH);HowatharraGap,
between Geraldton and Northampton, 28° 33’S 114° 36’E, 25 May 1983, M.I.H. Brooker 8119
(CANB, NSW, PERTH); 1 1.6 km N of Murchison River bridge on Carnarvon road, 27 May 1983,
M.I.H. Brooker 8136 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); between Conway’s house and railway, N Wongan
Hills area, 30° 51’S 116° 41’E, 29 June 1983, M.I.H. Brooker 8186 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 20.6
km NofNorthampton on highway 1,28° 08’S 114° 39’E,310ct. 1984,M/.//. Brooker 8723 (CANB,
NSW,PERTH);HillEofMtHomer,29° 07’S 115° 06’E,4Fcb. 1985,Af ././/.Brooker 8814(CANB,
MEL, NSW, PERTH); WSW of Arrino, 29° 27’S 115° 27’E, 3 June 1985. MJ.H. Brooker 9031
(CANB, MEL, NS W, PERTH); 1 3 .9 km along Rob Road from Chillimony Road, W of Northampton,
8 May 1986, M.I.H. Brooker 9276 (CANB, PERTH, NSW, MEL); Weam Nature Reserve, 32° 23’S
117° 06’E, 27 June 1986, M.I.H. Brooker 931 A (CANB, PERTH, NSW, MEL); rocky paddock,
Coonawarra Downs, Victoria Location 10817 (S of Tootbardi Road), 4 June 1981 , M. I. H. Brooker
9657 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); c. 1 km NW of Wagin, 33° 19’S 1 17° 2 1’E, 1 1 Jan. 1988,
M.I.H. Brooker 9843 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 1 km N offence (E-W) on N-S track. South
Eneabba Nature Reserve, 30° OO’S 1 15° 16’E, 20 Sept. 1988, M.I.H. Brooker 10080 (AD, CANB,
MEL, NSW, PERTH); 22 miles N of Geraldton, 2 Sept. 1947, N.T. Burbidge 2098 (CANB); Wongan
Hills, Sept. 1924, Came & Gardner (PERTH); Marchagee, 28 Sept. 1966, G. Clover s.n. (PERTH);
4.4 km NE of Moonyoonooka turnoff Nanson-Geraldlon Rd, Heinrich’s Farm, East Morseby Range,
28° 40’S 114° 43’E, 25 Aug. 1983, BJ. Cran/ZeW 2920 (PERTH); CoorowRdapprox46km,7 June
1977, H. Dernarz 6534 (PERTH); Oakajee, Feb. 1973, R. Edmiston 334 (PERTH); Moresby Range,
7 May 1964, AR. Fairall 1474 (PERTH); Watheroo, 12 Nov. 1974, Forests Department L184
(PERTH); Wongan Hills, Sept. 1924, CA. Gardner s.n. (PERTH); Hutt River, 18 Aug. 1961,
C.A Gardner 13171 (PERTH); 3 miles W of Manmanning, 4 Nov. 1956, J.W. Green 806 (PERTH);
50 km SE of Eneabba, 5 km E of eastern boundary of Alexander Morrison National Park, 18 Sept.
1987, 7.1T. Green 5484, 5485 (PERTH); 37 km N of Geraldton, 28° 34’S 1 14° 37’E, 5 Aug. 1976,
R. Hnatiukl60402 (PERTH); 2.6 miles S of Piawaning, 8May 1967, £. Holms.n. (CANB); 15.4 km
SS W of Hutt River Ruins on Port Gregory Rd, 24 km NofNorthampton, 28 ° 17'S 114° 26' E, 25 Jan.

1983, S.D. Hopper 2715 (PERTH); 1 1.6 km N of Murchison River Bridge, North West Coastal Hwy,
27° 44’S 1 14° 42 ’E, 27 May 1983, SD. Hopper 2758 (PERTH); 500 m SW of North West Coastal
Hwy, 13.1 km NofMurchison River Bridge, 27° 43’S 114°40’E,23 Aug. 1983, S.D. Hopper 3333
(PERTH); 4 km W of Mt Bebb, 32° 05’S 1 17° 47’E, 13 June 1985, S.D. Hopper 4397 (PERTH);
Sorenson’sNatureReserve,8.9km WofBabakin,32° 07’30"S 117° 55’E, 13 June 1985,57). Hopper
4401 (PERTH); Wyalgimia Hill, E of the tallest breakaway, between Gilgering and Gwambygine,
32° 01 ’S 1 16° 56’E, 25 Aug. 1986, S.D. Hopper 5201 (PERTH); White Peak Station, c. 18 km NE
of Geraldton. 29 Aug. 1980, G.J. Keighery 3282 (PERTH); White Peak c. 20 km NE Geraldton,

70

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

31 Aug. 1980, G.J. Keighery 3334 (PERTH); c. 15.4 km S of Northampton along NW Coastal Hwy,
28° 31’S 114° 37’E,21 Aug. 1983, C.M.Lync/z 66 (PERTH);HowatharraHillReserve,21roadmiles
N of Geraldton, 25 Oct. 1974, D. & N. McFarland NM1097 (CANS, NEED, PERTH); ibid, 9 Feb.
1975, D. &. N. McFarland NM1087 (CANB, PERTH); SE from Port Gregory, 26 May 1952,

D. H. Penny (PERTH); Watheroo, 4 Nov. 1954, RD. Royce 4941 (PERTH); 15 miles Lynton Road,
1 March 1966, E.M. Scrymgeour 273, 274 & S.G.M. Carr (PERTH); 370 miles N.W. Coastal
Highway, 3 March 1966, E.M. Scrymgeour 313 & S.G.M. Carr (PERTH);.

Distribution and habitat. Western part of northern and central wheatbelt, to north of the Murchison
River in the north-west, and to Wagin in the south (Figure 32). Occurs in tall mallee often with

E. pluricaulis,E. erythronema,E.anceps,E.flocktoniae,E.pyriformis,E. astringens and E. gardneri,
on gravelly lateritic breakaways and slopes.

Conservation status. Widespread and locally abundant in disjunct populations that are well represented
on eonservation reserves.

Flowering period. April.

Notes. A mallee subspecies west and north-west of subsp. arrecta. Along with E. subangusta, this
subspecies is a common member of the series throughout the northern wheatbelt.

8b. Eucalyptus arachnaea Brooker & Hopper subsp. arrecta Brooker & Hopper, subsp. nov . (Figures
5a, 32a, 34, 35)

A subspecie typica habitu arboreo altiore (ad 10 m) et foliis adultis nitentioribus.

Typus: west of Morawa, 29° 08’S 115° 44’E, Western Australia, 3 Feb. 1988, M.I.H. Brooker 9879
& C. Sounness (holo: PERTH; iso: AD, CANB, MEL, NSW).

It differs from the typical subspecies by the tree habit to 10 m tall and glossier adult leaves.

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: type locality, 9 Sept. 1987, M.I.H. Brooker 9151 ,
9760 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Known only from the type locality west of Morawa (Figure 32) where it
forms a low open forest with E. subangusta subsp. pusilla. The site is a shallow creekline on terrain
high in the landscape. Broombush {Melaleuca uncinata) is prominent in the understorey. The soil
is gravelly loam.

Conservation status. In urgent need of further survey. The type locality has been left uncleared
deliberately by the present owner. This is the rarest taxon known in the series.

Flowering period. Unknown.

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

71

HOIOTYP&

WESTEfIN AUSTftAUAN HERBARIUM

{^«7H WA.

csmo DiViSiOAf o-p mMmcH

lr»tt e» i*ll wit?? tftisi iitstitl.y f»«Ss£

sit?? Br*««5»a*!'< ana

Figure 34. Holotype of E. arachnaea Brooker & Hopper subsp. arrecta Brooker & Hopper.

72

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Figure 35. E. arachnaea subsp. arrecta tree habit at type locality, and trunk and bark.

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

73

Figure 36. Eucalyptus phaenophylla subsp. phaenophylla distribution, buds, fruits, adult leaves and silhouette of a fifth node
seedling leaf (scale bar= 1 cm).

74

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

MOLonpi

;• -MaNyWK* ,U» SrcJofeer & hapf«T

pSsfinoptiyila

I ft §$01 aw* 0 Harcli 19M

C!*Wt»"o'<l)g ^

u>. 33" 34'S ilS * 13 ■« ** m

Sj»!* u*ai<«¥

^ 0t Ratling ?^Rg^^^s M»e Gft
il!jnae«p' roa^

4 » Sail xlfefeotvjp, i«3os«

l>ar^ t» i sa. gr«y aiwj p*l« eai.«iia
9inii »t»ov«; laawa gl*»*sfy gr«B«|
a’itft g, 3cgyl»eaiyx wk^

S» floclctftn.la» »

CSfRO or rO«£ST sesgARCH rai

a.s r *»<«'«>«

Figure. 37 Holotype of E. phaenophylla Brooker & Hopper subsp. phaenophylla .

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

75

Figure 38. E. phaenophylla subsp. phaenophylla mallee habit (NW of North Ironcap), and stems and bark.

76

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Etymology. From the Latin arrectus, upright, alluding to the tree habit.

Notes. This subspecies occurs to the cast of the range of E. arachnaea subsp. arachnaea, from which
it is completely isolated (Figure 32). It is a striking tree to 10 m tall growing on very stony sites with
a variety of associated species including E. stowardii Maiden, E. oldfieldii F. Muell., E. subangusta
subsp. pusilla, E. obtusiflora DC and E. horistes Johnson & Hill, all of which notably grow on sandy
soils elsewhere. E. arachnaea subsp. arrecta is easily recognised among these because of its tree form,
height and very glossy leaves, smaller than those of the equally shiny leaves of E. stowardii.

9. Eucalyptus phaenophylla Brooker & Hopper, sp. nov. (Figures 36, 37, 38, 39, 40)

Eucalypto arachnaeae Brooker & Hopper affinis, caulibus cortice laevi, plantulae minus
pubescentibus, et floribus flavidibus differt.

Typus: N of Nyabing-Pingrup road on Chinocup Rd, 33° 34’S, 118° 23 ’E, We.slern Australia,
8 March 1988, M. I. H Brooker 9901 (holo: PERTH; iso; AD, CANB, MEL, NSW).

A mallee to 4 m tall with grey over coppery smooth stems, occasionally with partly decorticated
ribbons or flakes of bark near base. Leaves of the seedling remaining opposite for 3 or 4 pairs, then
alternating, ovate, to 9 x 6 cm, bluish green, glabrous. Adult leaves lanceolate to broadly lanceolate,
to 10 X 1.5 cm, glossy green. Inflorescences to 13-flowered; peduncles to 2 cm long. Buds pedicellate,
fusiform, to 1.8 x 0.4 cm. Flowers pale yellow. Fruit pedicellate, obconical, cylindrical or barrel-
shaped, to 0.7 X 0.5 cm. Seed light grey-brown, more or less spherical.

Etymology. The specific epithet refers to the shiny leaves (Greek phaeno, shiny and phyllon, leaf).

Notes. E. phaenophylla may be seen as a southern sister species to E. arachnaea, from which it differs
in the smooth bark (which may often be blackish) and non-verrucose seedlings. The massed
inflorescence clusters generally lack the spidery effect of E. arachnaea. The narrowed operculum
seen best in E. arachnaea is still clearly evident in E. phaenophylla subsp. phaenophylla but is less
pronounced. This character may be seen particularly in the young buds of other taxa, viz., E. tumida
and E. histophylla. It is a variable character in E. phaenophylla subsp. interjacens which we consider
to be a form linking E. phaenophylla subsp. phaenophylla and E. tumida.

There are two subspecies.

9a. Eucalyptus phaenophylla Brooker & Hopper subsp. phaenophylla (Figures 36, 37, 38)

Colour illustration. Brooker & Kleinig (1990: 182).

Stems more or less straight. Buds to 2.5 mm diam; operculum always conspicuously narrower than
hypanthium at join.

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

77

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Lake Hurlstone, 5 May 1959, T.E.H. Aplin s.n.
(PERTH); near Peringillup, 1952, W.A. Atkins 85 (PERTH); Dunn Rock Nature Reserve, 30 km SW
ofLakeKing,33° 20’S 119° 30’E, 15 April 1984, DJ.Rac^^/ta//DJB93 (PERTH); E of Kulin, 22
Oct. 1977, J.S. Beard%\52 (CANB); 39 km SW of Fitzgerald, Ravensthoipe Ongerup Rd, 27 Aug.
1974, A.C. Beauglehole 49211 (PERTH); NE of Ravensthorpe, Sept. 1981, E.M. Bennett (AD,
CANB, K, MEL, PERTH); NW end of Stirling Range, near Cranbrook, 22 Oct. 1975, D.F. Blaxell
W75/247 (K,NSW,PERTH);2miles from Lake Grace on Newdegate road, 27 Oct. 191 0,D.J. Boland
240 (CANB); 17 miles SE of Wickepin towards Harrismith, 3 Nov. 1969, M.I.H. Brooker TlSla
(CANB, NSW, PERTH); 1/2 mileEof Carganocking Hill, S of Kulin, 13 July l910,MIH Brooker
2653 (CANB, MEL, PERTH); Borden rubbish dump, 6 Oct. 1982, MJ.H. Brooker 7677, 7678,
(CANB, NSW, PERTH); 2 km W of Corackerup Creek, near E boundary of reserve, 6 Oct. 1982,
M.I.H. Brooker 7689 (CANB); West shoulder of Toolyelup Peak, Stirling Range, 9 Oct. 1982,
MJ.H. Brooker 77 19 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); Kojaneerup Springs road, comer with Chillinup road,
34° 30’S 1 18° 2rE, 23 March 1983, MJ.H. Brooker 8044 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 0.3 km W of
Dudinin turn-off on Kulin-Wickepin road, 32° 47’S 1 17° 53’E, 5 May 1983, MJ.H. Brooker 8104
(CANB, NSW, PERTH); near Cargonocking Hill,32° 45’S 118° 08’E,5May m3, M -I -H. Brooker
81 10, 8 1 1 1 , (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 19.6 km N of Ravensthorpe-Jerramungup road on road to Lake
King, 33° 25 ’S 1 19° 56’E, 7 June m3, MJ.H. Brooker 8173 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 36 km W of
Mt Day road on Hyden-Norseman track, 32° 17’S 120° ll’E, 7 Nov. 1983, MJ.H. Brooker 8360
(CANB, NSW, PERTH); 7.1 km S towards Hamersley Drive from Old Ongerup Road, 33° 45’S
1 19° 49’E, 23 Nov. 1983, M././/. Brooker 8375 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 5.8 km W of Chester Pass
Road on Scenic Drive, Stirling Range, 34° 24’S 118° 05’E, 24 Nov. 1983, MJ.H. Brooker 8380
(CANB, NSW,PERTH); 7.3 km from Hyden track on Sheoak Rock track, 23° 22’S 119° 29’E,9Aug.
1984, MJ.H. Brooker 8627 (CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 6.8 km N of T juncdon turn-off to
E. Mt Barren on Ravensthorpe road, 33°53’S 120°09’E, 20 Feb. 1985, MJ.H. Brooker 8853
(CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); NW of Bumgup, 33° OO’S 1 18° 39’E, 9 Dec. 1985,M./.7/. Brooker
9139 (CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); Toorackie, S of Williams, 33° lO’S 1 16° 59’E, 19 Feb. 1986,
MJ.H. Brooker 9185 (CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); c. 30 km from Wickepin towards Harrismith,
32° 55’S 117°48’E, 16 Dec. 1987, Af././/. Brooker 9831 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 11km
S of PingaringHoltRockroad,S of Dragon Rock, 32° 50’S 119° 02’E,21Oct. 1986, M././/. Brooker
9475 (CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); Chinocup Road, 33° SI’S 118°23’E, 17 Dec. 1987,
MJ.H. Brooker 9842 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); near base of West Mt Barren, Fitzgerald
River National Park, 34° 13’S 119° 26'E, 12 Jan. 1988, MJ.H. Brooker 9864 (AD, CANB, MEL,
NS W, PERTH); Reserve 13496 (Loc. 11092),Dookanooka,2Dec. mi, R.C. Burking 1 (PERTH);
Stirling Range National Park, 12.8 miles from Chester Pass Road along Stirling Range Drive toward
Red Gum Pass (at picnic spot), 23 Oct. 1968, B.M. Canning WA/68 6703 (CBG, PERTH); 147 m.p.
between Lake Grace and Dumblcyung, 4 April 1968, S.G.M. Carr 681 (PERTH); 15.9 miles SW of
Ravensthorpe, 26 March 1968, G.M. Chippendale All (CANB, PERTH); 25 miles W of Ravensthorpe,
11 Jan. 1969,//. DcwarzD1085 (PERTH); HasselHwy, 1.9 miles W of Bremer Bay turn-off, 1 2 Feb.
1970, //. Demarz 2205 (PERTH); S of Newdegate, 17 Jan. 1986, //. Demarz 11247 (PERTH);
CorackerupReserve, IFeb.l977,7’.£vony(CANB,PERTH); llkmEofDumbleyung,27May 1984,
D. FellTJFQlOl (PERTH); Harrismith, 6 March 1924, CA. Gardner 1604, 1609, 1611,2111,2109
(PERTH); Nyabing, July 1952, CA. Gardner 10322a (PERTH); 65 miles E of Hyden, 5 Feb. 1963,
A.S. George 4313 (PERTH); 19 milesEof Dumbleyung,21 Feb. 1966, A.S. Georgel55S, 7560, et
S.G.M. Carr (PERTH); 35 miles E of Ongerup, 13 march 1957, /.W. Green 1116 (CANB, PERTH);
15 miles N of Ravensthorpe, 14 March 1957, 7. W. Green 1209 (PERTH); 14 miles E of Ongerup,
3 Aug. 1957, /.W. Green 1470(PERTH); 12.8 miles E of Newdegate (7.7 miles W of Hyden turn-

78

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

off), 27 Sept. 1975, 7. VF. Green 4478 (PERTH); 27.2 mile.sW of Ravensthorpc (5.4 miles W of West
River), 28 Sept. 1975, J.W. Green 4527 (PERTH); 7.6 km NE of Dumbleyung, 29 Oct. 1975,

J.W. Green 4544 (PERTH); 34 km W of Lake King, 29 Oct. 1975, 7.W, Green4561 (PERTH); 13km
W of Lake King, 29 Oct. 1975, J.W. Green 4568, 4569 (PERTH); 13 km E of Fitzgerald township
onRavcnsthorpetoJerramunguproad, 31 Oct. 1975, /.IT. Green 4617 (PERTH); Southern Ironcap,
SEslopes, 1 1 Nov. 1978,/. VT. Green4898 (PERTH); 10 km N of DunnRockon Old Newdegate Road,
18 Nov. 1986, J.W. Green 5043 (PERTH); 54 km E of Newdegate on Old Newdegate Road, 18 Nov.
1986, J.W. Green 5051 (PERTH); 26 km W of Ravcnsthorpe on Old Ongerup Road, 22 Oct. 1987,

J. W. Green 5572 (PERTH); 5.5 km NW of Ongerup on property of K. Newbey, 33° 55’S 118° 27’E,
23 Oct. 1983, K. Hill 338, L. Johnson &D.Bla.xell (NS W, PERTH); 0.7 km S along NormanRd from
Cowalellup Rd, SE of Ongerup, 34° ll’S 118° 43’E, 23 Oct. 1983, K. Hill 344, L. Johnson &
D. Blaxell (NSW, PERTH); 9 km NE of Kondinin, near trig point, 32° 27 ’S 1 18° 2 1 ’E, 8 Nov. 1983,

K. Hill 6W1 ,L. Johnson, D. Blaxell, I. Brooker & S. Hopper (CANB, NSW, PERTH); Cargonocking
Hill, 6.5 km SW of Kulin on road to Harrismith, 32° 42’S 118° 06’E, 8 Nov. 1983, K. Hill 655,

L. Johnson,D.Bla.xell,I.Brooker&S.Hopper,iCAm,NSW,mRTHy, 16km SEof Kulin, 32° 43’S
118° 17’E, 8 July 1977,7?./. Hnatiukn0\54 (PERTH); 5 km WNW of Ongerup, 4.5 km N of Foster
Rd from Ongerup Rd, 33° 55’S 1 18° 27’E, 31 July 1982, S.D. Hopper 2404 (PERTH); 16 km SE of
Cowalellup Rock, NE comer of Corackerup Nature Reserve, 34° 08'S 118° 42’E, 31 July 1982,
S.D. Hopper 2405 (PERTH); Stirling Range National Park, 1 km S of Salt River Rd on internal EW
firebreak, 34° 20’S 117° 42’E, 9 Oct. 1982, SJJ. Hopper 2648 (PERTH); c. 14 km SW of
Ravensthorpe. 1 .7 km W of Moir Rd on the track to Phillips River, 30 Sept. 1987, S.D. Hopper 6161
(PERTH); 12 miles E of Lake Grace, Feb. 1958, P.R. Jeffries 580207 (PERTH); 1 km on Rollands
Rd from Carmody Rd (before Clare Rd), 33° 23’S 120° 52’E, 20 Jan. 1981, G.J. Keighery 3717
(PERTH); Reserve No. 20046, 25 km NE of Nyabing, 19 Jan. 1978, J.M. Koch N30 (PERTH);
Pingmp,21kmSatll0milepeg,27Feb. 1975, 0. IT.Loncragan L231 (PERTH);Nyabing, Dec. 1957,
V. McDoudle 083 , 084 (PERTH); 6.4 km from Jerramungup towards Ongerup, 5 Jan. 1978, E. Mullins
371 (CANB); 14 miles E of Ongerup, 29 April 1962, K. Newbey s.n. (PERTH); 4 miles E of
Dumbleyung and 2 miles on road S, 30 Oct. 1968, M.E. Phillips s.n. (CANB, CBG 021982); Tarin
Hill, near Lake Grace, June 1924, Ralph & Stanford (PERTH); 18 miles E of Lake King, May 1969,
B.A. Rockel A60 (CANB); 10 miles E of Broomehill, 13 Jan. 1954, R.D. Royce 4788 (PERTH);
25.5 km (16 miles) E of Lake King townsile, 9 Aug. 1968, /?A. Saffrey4Q5 (PERTH); about 30 km
N of Bremer Bay in the Fitzgerald River Reserve, 7 Oct. 1970, P.G. Wilson 10203 (PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Southern wheatbelt from Wickepin to the Stirling Range, and to east of
Jerramungup (Figure 36). A common component of mallee communities on plains and undulating
terrain.

Conservation status. Widespread and abundant. Well represented on conservation reserves.
Flowering period. January.

Notes. E. phaenophylla subsp. phaenophylla is the most abundant taxon in the series. In the past it
has been called E. redunca. It differs from subsp. interjacens in its more upright straight-stemmed
habit, and its more slender buds with the operculum noticeably narrower than the hypanthium at the
join.

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

79

Figure 39. Eucalyptus phaenophylla subsp. interjacens distribution, and buds, fruits, adult leaf and silhouette of a fifth node
seedling leaf (scale bar = 1 cm).

80

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Figure 40. Holotype of E. phaenophylla Brooker & Hopper subsp. interjaceiis .

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

81

9b. Eucalyptus phaenophylla Brooker & Hopper subsp. inter jacens Brooker & Hopper, subsp. nov.
(Figures 39, 40)

A subspecie typica habitu effusiore, alabastris validioribus et operculo aequanti hypanthium
diametro differt.

Typus: 8.5 km E of Jerramungup, Western Australia, 23 November 1983, M././/. Brooker 8374 (holo:
PERTH; iso: CANB, MET,. NSW).

It differs from the typical subspecies in the more straggly habit, the more robust buds (to 4 mm
diam.), and operculum more or less equalling the width of the hypanthium at the join.

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Ravensthorpc Range, 2 Sept. 1968, EM. Bennett
2539 (CANB. PERTH); Ravensthorpe Range, Sept. 1980, E.M. Bennett s.n. (PERTH); 90 km W of
Esperance on Ravensthorpe road, 33° 45’E 121° OO’E, 22 June 1978, D.F. Blaxell 1689 (PERTH);
Pallinup River, Jan. 1964, G.E. Brockway (PERTH); 5.6 miles from Fitzgerald crossroads turn-off
S to Fitzgerald Reserve, 5 Apr. 1974, M.I.H. Brooker 4430 (CANB, PERTH); Bandalup Hill area,
7 Apr. 1974, M.I.H. Brooker 4466 (CANB); 13.3 km S of Eldverton turn-off on Hopetoun road,
33° 45’S 120° 12’E, 10 April 1983, M.I.H. Brooker 8079 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 6.8 km N of T
junction tum-offtoE. Mt Barren on Ravensthorpe Road, 33° 53’S 120° 09’E,20Feb. 1985, Af././7.
Brooker SS53 (CANB,MEL,NSW,PERTH);c. 200mNofOngerup-BremcrBayroadonCorackerup
road, 34° 13’S 118° 36’E, 3 March 1985, M.I.H. Brooker 8874 (CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH);
RavensthorpeRangeaccessroad,FloaterRoad,33° 30’S 120° 02’E,21 March 1985,

8893 (CANB,MEL,NSW,PERTH);32kmESEofMuckinwobertRock,onWestPointRd,33° 28’S
120° 37’E, 26 March 1983, MA. Burgman 1051 & 5. McNee (CANB, PERTH); 3.3 km N of
Rawlinson Rd on West Point Road, reserve 31754, 33° 26’S 120° 35’E, Oct. 1984, M.A. Burgman
4597 (PERTH); 12.9 miles N of Hopetoun. 16 March 1967, G.M. Chippendale 217 (CANB, PERTH);
Location 900, in gully leading to Yerrilup Creek, c. 13 km N of coast at Stokes Inlet, 26 Sept. 1968,
Hj. Eichler 19989 (AD,PERTH);Location 1134, c. 40 km N of mouth of OldfieldRiver, 21 Oct. 1968,
Hj. Eichler 20374 (AD, CANB, PERTH); near Jerramungup east, 9 Oct. 1967, A. Fairall 2333
(CANB); Oldfield River, 15 Aug. 1965, CA. Gardner 16164 (PERTH); Oldfield Location 1002, near
Dallinup Creek, 33° 34’S 120°40’E, 1 June 1979, A.S. George 15718 (PERTH); 50 miles E of
Ongerup, 13 March 1957,/.W. Green 1186 (PERTH); 23 km S of Ravensthorpe, 30 Oct. 1975, 7.W.
Green 4587 (PERTH); 15 km S of Ravensthorpe, 30 Oct. 1975. J.W. Green 4592 (PERTH); 16 km
S ofRavensthorpe,30Oct. 1975, /.W. Green 4593 (PERTH); 13 km EofFitzgerald River township
on Ravensthorpe to Jerramungup Road, 31 Oct. 1975, J.W. Green 4617 (PERTH); 13.5 km SE of
Munglinup, 8.1 km W of Torradup River, 33° 48’S 120° 57’E, 10 Sept. 1982, S.D. Hopper 2559
(PERTH); 24 km from Hopetoun on Ravensthorpe Rd, 33°36’S 120° 18’E, 22 Sept. 1976,
R.J. Hnatiukl6U94 (PERTH); Bremer Bay, Sept. 1957,/. (PERTH); Swamp Rd,N of Bremer
Bay, Sept. 1958, /.A/. Lawj (PERTH); Young River crossing, Esperance-Jerramungup Road, 20 Dec.
1971, B./?. Maslin 2548 (CANB, PERTH); near Young River, Location 886, c. 21 km NNW of the
coast at Stokes Inlet, 20 Oct. 196%, A. E. Orchard 1669 (AD, PERTH); 3 1 miles W of Ravensthorpe,
16 Jan 1970, S.L. Pauli 91 (CANB, L, PERTH, RS A); between Ravensthorpe and Hopetoun, 13 Sept.
1971, 5. Pmij/ 744, 746 (PERTH); lOmilcsEofBroomehill, 13 Jan. 1954, /?.D.Royce 4777, 4781,
4784 (PERTH);20mEofKatanning, 14 Jan l954,R.D.Royce4%02 (PERTH); near Esperance’, 1945^

04689-7

82

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

D. L. Serventy (PERTH); 33.5 km N of Hopetoun along road to Ravensthorpe, 33® 40’S 120° 06’E,
4 Sept. 1986, P.S. Short 2698, M. Amerena &B.A. Fuhrer (MEL, PERTH): 6 km from Munglingup
along road to Ravensthorpe, 33° 4rS 120°48’E, 5 Nov. 1982, A. Slr/d 21159 (PERTH); llmilesE
of Newdegateon the highway to Lake King, 20 March 1970, M.D. Tindale 222 &BR. Maslin (NSW,
PERTH); 20 km W of Bremer Bay township, 1 Oct. 1966, P.G. Wilson 4344 (CANB, PERTH); 20 km
N of Hopetoun, 5 Oct. 1966, P.G. Wilson 5515 (CANB, PERTH); Block 1136, Oldfield district,
33° 30’S 120° 45’E, 28 Sept. 1968, P.G. Wilson 8063 (CANB, K, PERTH); 7 miles N ofHopetoun,
11 Oct. 1967, D. Young 304 (PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Jerramungup and Boxwood Hills east to Ravensthorpe Range, possibly
extending westwards to Katanning and Broomehill (Figure 39). Common in species-rich mallee
communities on plains and undulating terrain.

Conservation status. Abundant and well represented in Fitzgerald River National Park and adjacent
reserves.

Flowering period. January-March.

Etymology. The subspecific epithet (Latin interjacens, coming between) indicates the morphological
and geographical situation of this subspecies between E. phaenophylla subsp. phaenophylla and

E. tumida.

Notes. This subspecies appears to link E. phaenophylla subsp. phaenophylla and E. tumida. The
narrowed operculum may be seen in the immature buds of subsp. interjacens and both buds and fruits
are somewhat robust resembling those of E. tumida to the east which has larger leaves, buds and fruit.
The buds of subsp. interjacens are usually fusiform while those of E. tumida are allantoid.

10. Eucalyptus luteola Brooker & Hopper, sp. nov. (Figures 41, 42)

Frutex “mallee” ad 4 m altus cortice emortuo ferenti laxo ad basin. Medulla ramulorum
glandulifera. Folia adulta leviter nitentia, viridia vel olivacea. Alabastra robusta fusiformia, ad 2 x
0.3 cm, operculo aequanti hypanthium diametro. Flores luteoli. Semina subsphaerica laevia.

Typus: 2.5 km SW of 90-mile Tank, NE of Lake King, Western Australia, 12 Feb. 1985,
M.I.H. Brooker 8847 (holo: PERTH; iso: AD, CANB, MEL, NSW).

A mallee to 4 m tall with loose rough bark to 1 m, smooth above. Pith of branchlets glandular.
Leaves of the seedling remaining opposite for 2 or 3 pairs, then alternating, ovate to lanceolate, to
7x3 cm, glabrous. Adult leaves narrowly lanceolate, to 11 x 1.2 cm, slightly glossy, green to olive-
green. Inflorescences to ll-flowered; peduncles to 1.5 cm long, conspicuously flattened. Buds
distinctly pedicellate, fusiform, to 2 x 0.3 cm; operculum equal in width to hypanthium at the join,
to 1.4 cm long. Flowers pale yellow. Fruit pedicellate, barrel-shaped to obconical, to 0.7 x 0.6 cm.
Seed pale grey-brown, subspherical.

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

83

Figure 41. Eucalyptus luteola distribution, buds, fruits, adult leaf and silhouette of a fifth node seedling leaf (scale bars =
1 cm).

84

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Figure 42. Holotype of E. luteola Brooker & Hopper.

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 121 km Eof Hyden, 3 Oct. 1975, Z).E. BlaxellDFBI
W75/34 & M.I.H. Brooker (CANB, CANB , K, NSW, PERTH); 1 01 km W of Coolgardie-Norseman
Road on Hyden-Norseman track, 32° 04’S 120° 42’E, 7 Nov. 1983, M.I.H. Brooker 8355 (CANB,
NSW, PERTH); 36 km W of Mt Day road on Hyden-Norscman Uack, 32° 17’S 120° ll’E, 7 Nov.
1983, Af Brooiter 8360 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 26.6km S of cross roads on Varleyroad, 22 July
1988, M.LH. Brooker 10014 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 65 miles E of Hyden, 5 Feb. 1 963,

A. S. George 4313 (PERTH); 1 53.3 km W of Norseman-Coolgardie Rd on track to Hyden, 32° 15’S
120° 16’E, 7 Nov. 1983, K. Hill 633, L. Johnson, D. Blaxell, I. Brooker. S. Hopper (CANB, NSW,
PERTH); Ninety Mile Tank, 14 km SSW of Mt Glasse, Bremer Range, 32° 4rS 120° 4rE, 6 Sept.
1982, SB. Hopper 2495 (PERTH); 0.4 km SW of Ninety Mile Tank, 32° 41’S 120° 4rE, 27 Sept.
1988, SB. Hopper 6855 (PERTH); 20 km NNE of Ravensthorpe, 300 m W of Moolyal Road and

I. 4 km N of Wooden up Rd on SE comer of proposed Moolyal Nature Reserve, 8 April 1991,
SB. Hopper 7918 (CANB, PERTH); 1 km on Rollands Road from Carmody Road (before Clare
Road), 33° 23’S 120° 52’E. 20 Jan. 1981, G.J. Keighery 3717 (PERTH); Mt Holland area, E of
Hyden, 16 August 1966, A. KesselAll (PERTH); Frank Hann National Park, 32° 59’S 120° OO’E,
11 July 1978,D. MonkmZ (PERTH); Frank Hann National Park, 32° 47’S 120° 22’E, 2 Aug. 1978,

B. Monk 083, 301, (CANB, PERTH); Frank Hann National Park, 32° 22’S 120° 15’E, 8 Aug. 1978,
B. Monk'ilA (PERTH); 6 km S of Mt Gibbs, c. 36 km ENE of Lake King (Frank Hann N.P.), 14 Nov.
1979, K. Newbey 6582 (PERTH).

Bistribution and habitat. EastofHyden, between therabbitprooffence and the Norseman-Coolgardie
highway, extending south to near Ravensthorpe (Figure 41). Grows in yellow sand or sandy loams
in open mallee over heath with E. conglobata, E. spathulata subsp. grandiflora, E. aff.flocktoniae,
E. leptocalyx, E. incrassata, and E. sporadica Brooker & Hopper ined.

Conservation status. Widespread in disjunct scattered stands on vacant Crown land. Recorded on
Frank Hann National Park and the proposed Moolyal Nature Reserve.

Flowering period. February - April.

Etymology. From the Latin luteolus, pale yellow, alluding to the flower colour.

Notes. E. luteola is related to E. phaenophylla, from which it differs in its narrower juvenile leaves,
lighter green usually narrower adult leaves, more conspicuously flattened peduncles, the operculum
about the same width as the hypanthium at the join, and its preference for yellow sandplain. The two
species grow close together near Ravensthorpe and northwards towards Hyden, and may intergrade
in this belt. E. luteola has smaller buds, fruits and adult leaves than E. tumida.

II. Eucalyptus tumida Brooker & Hopper, sp. nov. (Figures 43, 44)

Eucalypto phaenophyllae Brooker & Hopper subsp. phaenophyllae foliis adultis majoribus (ad 1 1
X 2 cm), alabastris fructibusque robustioribus et operculo maturo aequanti hypanthium diametro
differ!.

Typus: 1.1 km west of Styles road on Norwood road, NE of Esperance, Western Australia, 9 April
1983, M.I.H. Brooker 8068 (holo: PERTH; iso: CANB, NSW).

86

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Figure 43. Eucalyptus tiimida distribution, and immature buds, mature fruits, mature adult leaves and silhouette of a fifth
node seedling leaf (scale bar = 1 cm).

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

87

fcs* triSi?

e»ss.«4w

mmnm

1 ,2f iw

■ >

•.Bs g«„ % .^tl

Sir«sk«r

t4>iii«g iAit * 52 ^ a:

It3a ^ S.fcj*i^ s:<^4 <

Figure 44. Holotype of £. tumida Brooker & Hopper.

88

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Colour illustration. Brooker & Kleinig (1990: 183).

It differs from E. phaenophylla in the larger adult leaves (up to 1 1 x 2 cm), the more robust
allantoid buds (to 2 x 0.3 cm) and fruit (to 0.8 x 0.7 cm) and the operculum on mature buds equalling
the width of the hypanthium at the join.

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: slope of Mt Ragged, 19 Oct. 1970, T.E.H. Aplin
4347 (PERTH); 35 miles E of Esperance, 4 Nov. 1962, J.S. Beard 2317 (PERTH); 25 miles NE of
Condingup, 16 Sept. 1970, /.S.BearJ 6351 (PERTH); Scadden, 15 Feb. 1970, M././/. Brooker 2503
(CANB, MEL, PERTH); Tower Hill, Mt Ragged, 10 April 1974, M.I.H. Brooker 4530 (CANB,
PERTH); 1km NE Lanes Rd onCoolinupRd,NEofEsperance.33'’ 41’S 122° 22’E, 12 Aug. 1982,
MJ.H. Brooker! 545 (CANB,NSW,PERTH); 2.7 km W of Styles Road on Norwood Road, 33° 27’S
121° 52’E, 9 April 1983, M.I.H. Brooker 8068 (CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); Ned’s Comer Road,
3kmNofCascadestownsite,33° 28’S 121° 06’E,9 April 1983, A/././/.Brooker8075(CANB, NSW,
PERTH); 1 1.4 km from Tsraelite Bay track on Mt Ragged track, 8 April 1985, M.I H. Brooker 89 17
(CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 10 km due SSW of Mt Burdett, 0.7 km NE of Scadden Rd on
Wittenoom Road, 33° 33’36''S 122° 07’2r’E, 2 Aug. 1983, M.A. Burgman MAB 1593 &S. McNee
(PERTH); 520.6 mile peg on Norseman-Salmon Gums Rd, 29 March 1968, S.G.M. Carr 625
(PERTH); Grasspatch. 49 mis N of Esperance, 31 March 1968, S.G.M. Carr 628, 631 (PERTH);
1.7 miles SofGibsons Soak on Norseman-EsperanceRd, 31 March 1968, S.G.M. Corr 642 (PERTH);
39.3 miles W of Esperance, 15 March 1967. G.M. Chippendale 192 (CANB, PERTH); 32.6 miles E
of Esperance, 25 March 1968, G.M. Chippendale 409 (CANB, PERTH); c. 75 km NE of Esperance,
7 Aug. 1980, M.A. Clements 1815 (CBG 8005162, PERTH); Mt Ragged Range, 2.5 km S of Tower
Peak, 33° 28’S 123° 28’E, 6 Jan. 1979, MD. Crisp 4845 (CBG, NSW, PERTH); c. 40 km NE of
Condingup, junction of Beaumont Road and Parmango Road, 33° 30’S 122° 49 ’E, 26 Nov. 1985,
D.B. Foreman 1253 (MEL, PERTH); 2.3 miles N of Salmon Gums, 15 Dec. 1940, C. A. Gardner s.n.
(PERTH); N of Scadden, Dec. 1940, C.A. Gardner s.n. (PERTH); 5 miles southward from Salmon
Gums, 7 Nov. 1953, CA. Gardner 11171 (PERTH); 46 km N of Israelite Bay, 12 Feb. 1966,
C.A. Gardner 16381 (PERTH): Mt Ragged, 7 Dec. 1960, A.S. George 2109 (PERTH); 8 km S of
Ravensthoipe, 30 Oct. 1975, J.W. Green 4603 (PERTH); Cape Arid National Park, 33°45’S
123°00'E, 19 Sept. 1976, R. Hnatiuk 761072 (PERTH); along Point Malcolm Road, 33°47’S
123°45’E,20Sept.l976,R.J/;ia/iMk761139(PERTH):5kmWSWofGoraHill,8.4kmNEofCape
Arid N.P. W boundary, Mt Ragged track, 33° 33'S 123° 19’E, 7 Sept. 1982, S.D. Hopper 2522
(PERTH); Mt Ragged, 8 km EofMtSymmons, Cape Arid NationalPark, 33° 27’S 123° 29'E,8Sept.

1 982, SD. // opper 2533,2534 (PERTH); Springdale Road, 5.5 km E of Hopetoun-Ravensthorpe road,
33° 55’S 120° 13’E, 29 Sept. 1987, SD. Hopper 6144 (PERTH); 1 km S of junction between
Coomalbidgup and Griffiths Roads, 33° 30’S 121° 20’E,21 Jan. 1 98 LG././^e/g/m/>' 3706 (PERTH);
Griggs Road, 10 km E of Lort River, 21 Jan. 1981, G.J. Keighery 3755 (PERTH); 15 miles SW of
Mount Ragged, June 1973, 0. Loneragan 34 (PERTH); Kau Rock Reserve, 0.8 km from Coolinup
RdalongKauRockRoad,33° 33'S 122° E,22 Sept. 1985,1../. AM«;i258(PERTH);nearYoungRiver,
20 Oct. 1968, A. Orchard 1669 (CANB); 10 miles S of Red Lake siding, 18 April 1953, R.D. Royce
4061 (PERTH); W face of Mount Ragged, 3 Oct. 1970, R.A. Saffrey 1322 (CANB, PERTH); Sheoaks
Hill, 29 km E of Mt Ragged and 19 km W of Israelite Bay, 3 Oct!^ 1970, R.A. Saffiey 1370 (CANB,
PERTH); 5 milesNof Scadden, 10 April 1966,£.M. Scrymgeour 45^ (PERTH): 9.8 km Eof Scadden
on Scadden Rd, 21 Aug. 19^2, P. van derMoezel 163 (PERTH); 6 km Eof Scadden on Scadden Rd,

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

89

26 March 1984, P. van der Moezel 325 (PERTH); Norseman-Esperance Road between Circle Valley
and Red Lake, 69 miles S of Norseman, 7 Sept. 1963, /.//. Willis 2 (MEL, PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. East and north-east of Ravensthorpe, east to Israelite Bay (Figure 43).
Common in species-rich mallee on plains or undulating terrain, and hillslopes such as on the western
side of Mt Ragged. Not recorded on coastal sandplain.

Conservation status. Common and widespread, with many populations on nature reserves and
national parks.

Flowering period. January-March.

Etymology. The specific name refers to the buds which are the largest in the series (not as broad as
the buds of E. desmondensis) and have at maturity a swollen appearance (Latin tumidus, swollen).

Notes. Of the southern shiny-leaved species in the series, E. tumida has the largest leaves, buds and
fruits. E. varia is the only other species of the series known to grow within the distribution of E. tumida
but is clearly distinct in the narrow dull bluish leaves, more slender uncinate buds and pale yellow
flowers. E. tumida differs from E. phaenophylla in its larger adult leaves and allantoid mature buds.

12. Eucalyptus histophylla Brooker & Hopper, sp. nov. (Figures 45, 46)

Frutex “mallee” ad 4 m altus cortice laevis cinereo vel subrosea. Medulla ramulorum glandulifera.
Folia juvenilia ovata vel lanceolata, ad 11 x 4 cm, leviter nitentia, viridia. Folia adulta anguste
lanceolata vel lanceolata, ad 11 x 1.1 cm, erecta tenentia, primo hebeta postremo leviter nitentia.
Inflorescentiae ad 13-florae. Pcdunculi ad 1 .8 cm longi. Alabastra fusiformia, operculo vix hypanthio
angustiore. Fructus cylindrici, ad 0.9 x 0.5 cm.

Typus: 32.5 km W of Balladonia Motel towards Norseman: 16.6 km E of road to Newman Rock,
Western Australia, 10 July 1983, SD. Hopper 2941 (holo: PERTH; iso: CANB).

Colour illustration. Brooker & Kleinig (1990: 184).

A mallee to 4 m tall. Bark smooth, dark grey, light grey, light brown or pale pinkish. Leaves of
the seedling remaining opposite for 2-4 pairs, then alternating, ovate to lanceolate, to 11 x 4 cm,
glabrous. Adult leaves, narrowly lanceolate to lanceolate, held erect, to 11 x 1.1 cm, maturing
slightly glossy, green, to 18 cm long. Buds pedicellate, fusiform, to 2 x 0.3 cm; operculum horn-
shaped, not conspicuously narrower than hypanthium at the join. Flowers not seen. Fruit pedicellate,
cylindrical, to 0.9 x 0.5 cm. Seed light grey-brown, subspherical.

90

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Figure 45. Eucalyptus histophylla distribution, and buds, fruits, adult leaves and silhouette of a fifth node seedling leaf (scale
bar = 1 cm).

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

91

Weaswa

fe<H^ i ;

S Sk-1 ' *

!*. •►vaHs*. £

-safiK
si* .S'

' <A»«.

J4? i*«g.

C^g, 5.-^^ t^>

HOiOTYPI

K-«3«lyg%ua ^
Rr»5«5«!*r » iK-W,^-.)-

Figure 46. Holotype of f. histophylla Brooker & Hopper.

92

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 131 mile peg on Norseman road, 17 July 1952,
P.H. Barrett s.n. (PERTH); c. 26 km NW of Balladonia on Norseman road, 32° 16’S 123° 24’E,
22 Aug. 1979,M./,//,Rrook^r6447(CANB,NSW,PERTH);30km WofBalladonia,28 April 1982;
M.I.H. Brooker 7485 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 37.8 km NW of Balladonia towards Norseman,
32° ID’S 123° 15’E, 10 Feb. 1985, AJ././/.eroofer 8835 (CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 40 km NW
of Balladonia, 32° lO’S 123° 12’E,9Jan. 1986,M./.J/.Braofer9147(CANB,MEL,NSW,PERTH);
33 km W of Balladonia Roadhouse on Hwy 1, 32° 12’S 123° 19’E, 14 Nov. 1983, K. Hill 705 &
D. Blaxell (NSW, PERTH); Dundas Nature Reserve, 4 km E of Boingarring Rock, 21 Aug. 1989,
S.D. Hopper 7359 (PERTH); Dundas Nature Reserve, Boingarring Rock, 21 Aug. \9%9,S.D. Hopper
7362 (PERTH); MtCoobaninya, 22 Aug. 1 989, SZ). Hopper 7408 (PERTH); Mt Buraminya, 23 Aug.
1989, SjD. Hopper 7446 (PERTH); 48 km from Norseman on Esperance road, 3 Jan. 191 %,E. Mullins
331 (CANB); Dundas Nature Reserve, Boingaring Rocks, 40 km WSW of Balladonia Hotel,
32° 13’05"S 124° 27’50"E, 30 Sept 1987, K. Newbey 11778 (PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Between Fraser Range and Balladonia and southwards on granite rocks to
Mt Buraminya (Figure 45). E. histophylla is known from sites north-west and west-south-west of
Balladonia where it grows in tall mallee with E. eremophila (Diels) Maiden, E.fiaseri (Brooker)
Brooker, E. sp. nov. aff. transcontinentalis Maiden, E. leptophylla and E. indurata Brooker and
Hopper ined. However, it is common though sporadically distributed around granite outcrops further
south, where it is often the only eucalypt present.

Conservation status. Poorly surveyed but known on Dundas Nature Reserve.

Flowering period. Unknown.

Etymology. The specific epithet refers to the erect leaves (Greek histos, upright and phyllon, leaf).

Notes. E. histophylla, as the epithet implies, is characterised by the erect leaves which make it easy
to recognise in the field. The leaves are narrower than those of E. tumida, and only become glossy
within the crown by the second year. E. histophylla has not been seen in flower so comparisons for
this character with the beautiful, yellow-flowered E.flavida have not been possible.

Surveys by S.D. Hopper in 1989 established thatZ. histophylla occurs predominantly on granite
outcrops, an unusual habitat for taxa in the series.

13. Eucalyptus clivicola Brooker & Hopper, sp. nov. (Figures 2, 47, 48, 49)

Arbor parva (“mallet”) vel frutex (“mallee”) ad 7 m alta caulibus exilibus et cortice laevi cinereo
extus cuprino intus. Folia adulta nitentia viridia. Inflorescentiae ad 11-flores. Alabastra operculo
aequanti hypanthium diametro,redunco.Fructusdoliiformes, adO.9 x 0.6 cm. Semina subsphaerica
vel raro cuboidea.

Typus: 9.6 km south of the Eldverton turn-off on the Hopetoun road. Western Australia, 10 April
1983, M.I.H. Brooker 8078 (holo: PERTH; iso: CANB, NSW).

Colour illustration. Brooker & Kleinig (1990: 186).

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

93

A mallet or rarely a mallee to 12 m tall with smooth, grey over pale yellow to coppery bark; trunk
or stems slender, often with prominent horizontal insect scars 3-10 cm long. Pith of branchlets
glandular, sometimes rarely so. Leaves of the seedling remaining opposite for 3 or 4 pairs, then
alternating, deltoid to ovate, with occasional teeth around edges, to 9 x 6 cm, at first dull, becoming
slightly glossy, blue-green, glabrous. Adult leaves narrowly lanceolate to lanceolate, to 10 x 1.8 cm,
glossy, green. Inflorescences up to 11-flowered; peduncles to 1.4 cm long. Buds attentuate, to

I. 8 X 0.4 cm; operculum recurved at the tip, more or less equal tohypanihium atjoin on mature buds.
Flowers pale yellow. Fruit pedicellate, barrel-shaped, to 0.9 x 0.6 cm. Seed light grey-brown,
subspherical to rarely cuboid.

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA; 3.3 km E of Ongerup on Jerramungup Rd, 6 Oct.
1982, M.I.H. Brooker 7682, 7683, (CANB, NSW, PERTH); W side of Mt Desmond, 33° 38’S
120° 08’E, 4 June 1983, M.I.H. Brooker 8161 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 9.8 km S of the Eldverton
turn-off on Hopetoun road, 33° 44’S 120° lO’E, 23 Nov. 1983, Brooker 8376 (CANB, NSW,

PERTH); 3.3 km E of Ongerup on Jerramungup road, 6 Oct. 1982, M.I.H. Brooker 7682 (CANB);
EofMtShort,NofRavensthorpe,33°28’S 120° 02’E, 18 Jan. 1985, M././L Rroofer 8805 (CANB,
MEL, NSW, PERTH); 30.6 km Ealong East Road, E of Pingrup, 33° 29’S 119° OO’E, 19 Feb. 1985,
M.I.H. Brooker 8850 (CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); Corner of Magner Road and Ongerup-
Jerramungup Road, 33° 57’S 1 18° 32’E, 21 Feb. 1985, M.I.H. Brooker 8861 (CANB, MEL, NSW,
PERTH); c. 1 km SE of Bandalup Hill, 33° 39’S 120° 22’E, 11 April 1985, M.I.H. Brooker 8942
(CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 1 km W of Pingrup on Borden Ongerup rd, 34° Ol’S 118° 19’E,
18 May 19S7, M. I. H. Brooker 9637 (AD,CANB,MEL,NSW,PERTH); 13.2miIesSofRavensthorpe,
16March 1967, G.M. Chippendale 209 (CANB, PERTH); 8 miles N of Ravensthorpe, 14March 1957,

J. W. Green 1203 (PERTH); 8km S ofRavensthorpe, 30 Oct. 1975, 7. W. Green 4598, 4603 (PERTH);
15.2 km SW ofRavensthorpe on MoirRoad, 13 Nov. 1978,7. W. Green 4906 (PERTH); c. 2 km W
of Young River along West Point Road, 33° 22’S 120° 45’E, 22 Oct. 1983, K. Hill 309, L. Johnson
& D.Blaxell (NSW, PERTH); 0.7 km S along Norman Road from Cowalellup Road, SEof Ongerup,
34° ll’S 118°43’E, 23 Oct. 1983, K. Hill 341, L. Johnson & D. Blaxell (CANB, NS'W, PERTH)-
3.5 km E of Ongerup on Jerramungup Rd, 33° 56’S 118° 3rE, 1 Aug. 1982, SD. Hopper 2411
(PERTH); llkmSSEofMt Desmond, Kundip,33°42’S 120° irE,2 Aug. \982,S. D. Hopper 2419
(PERTH); 28 km NE of Bandalup Hill, 33° 28’S 120° 35’E, 4 Aug. 1982, S.D. Hopper 2444
(PERTH); Fitzgerald River National Park, 1.7 km W of Fitzgerald River crossing on Colletts Track,
34° 05’S 119° 33’E, 5 Oct. 1984, S.D. Hopper 4221 (PERTH); 4.4 km E of Quiss Rd, on the N
boundary of Fitzgerald River National Park, 33° 58’S 119° 14’E, 1 Oct. 1987, SD. Hopper 6168
(PERTH); Fitzgerald River National Park, on W slope of Twertup Creek, 33° 58’S 119° 16’E, 1 Oct.
1987, S.D. Hopper 6172 (PERTH); 1 km S of Bandalup Hill, 33° 30’S 122° 20’E, 20 Jan. 1981,
G.7. Keighery 37 19 (PERTH); near Woolbrunup Hill, Fitzgerald River National Park, 1 1 May 1981,
G.7. Keighery 3929 (PERTH); Pitchy-ritchy picnic area, Phillips River, Fitzgerald River National
Park,33° 55’S 120° 03’E,3 July 1988, N.Mcquoid21 (PERTH); Ravensthorpe Range, 8 Nov. 1935,
Milesi & Gardner (PERTH); Kundip, 22 April 1953, R.D. Royce 4137, 4139 (PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. From west of Ongerup to the Ravensthorpe Range and north-east of
Bandalup Hill, and north to the Lake Magenta area (Figure 47). Often forms pure stands of low open
forest on breakaways, rarely on flat terrain. It may grow with other mallets such as E. platypus and
E. astringens.

94

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Figure 47. Eucalyptus clivicola distribution, and buds, fruits, adult leaves and silhouette of a fifth node seedling leaf (scale
bar= 1 cm).

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

95

Figure 48. Holotype of E. clivicola Brooker & Hopper.

96

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Figure 49. E. clivicola showing mallet habit (NW of Ravensthoipe).

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levisperniae Maiden - Myitaceae

97

Figure 50. Eucalyptus flaxida distribution, and buds, fruits, adult leaves and silhouette of a fifth node seedling leaf (scale
bar = 1 cm).

04689-8

98

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

STATS HERBARIUM

5rS».i-'#R

C.ffH U. iss*l®5-.

^1 •' : 4^s-- <#"

Figure 51. Isotype of E.fliivida Brooker & Hopper.

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

99

Conservation status. CocdXXy abundant in disjunctpopulations, several of which occur on conservation
reserves such as Fitzgerald River National Park and Lake Magenta Nature Reserve.

Flowering period. December-May.

Etymology. The specific name refers to the topography of many occurrences (Latin clivus, hill and
cola, dwelling).

Notes. E. chvicola is amallet occurring on breakaways or other high ground. Wepropose the common
name “green mallet” for it, alluding to the green canopy. In young buds it has the narrowed operculum
seen in E. phaenophylla. With its mallet habit, bright glossy green leaves and yellow flowers, it is
likely to be a useful ornamental.

14. Eucalyptus flavida Brooker & Hopper, nom. et stat. nov. E. redunca Schauer var. oxymitra
Maiden, “Crit. Revis. Gen. Eucalyptus.” 4: 98 (1918). Type. Broad Arrow, Western Australia, July
1899, R. Helms 102 (holo: NSW; iso: CANB, K, MEL, PERTH). (Figures 9, 10a, 11a, 50, 51)

Colour illustration. Brooker & Kleinig (1990: 185).

A mallee or tree to 8 m tall, either with a stocking to 2 m of coarse, flaking, brown-black, rough
bark, or smooth, grey, grey-green, or coppery over whole stems. Pith of branchlcts glandular. Leaves
oftheseedlingremainingfor2or3pairs,thenalternating,broadlylanceolate,to 14 x 3.5 cm,glossy,
green, glabrous. Adult leaves petiolate, alternating, lanceolate to falcate, to 11 x 1.5 cm, slightly
glossy, light green. Inflorescences to 11-flowered; peduncles to 1.5 cm long. Buds pedicellate,
fusiform, to 3 x 0.4 cm, operculum long, horn-shaped, attenuate, often narrower than hypanthium
at join, recurved at tip. Flowers yellow. Fruit pedicellate, cylindrical to slightly barrel-shaped, to

I X 0.6 cm. Seed light grey-brown, more or less spherical.

Speciwi?nxexflmj/icd.WESTERNAUSTRALIA:2kmSofBroad Arrow,30° 28’S 121° 22’E,4Nov.
1983, M.I.H. Brooker 8341 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 52 km E of Karonie, 31° 02’S 123° 03’E,
M.I.H. Brooker 8342 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); c. 2 km S of Broad Arrow, 30° 28’S 121° 20’E,
13 Nov. 1985, M.I.H. Brooker 9086 (CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 16.7 km NE of Coonana,
30° 51’S 123° 15’E,M././/.Rroo^cr9629(AD,CANB,MEL,NSW,PERTH); 13kmfromKurnalpi
to Pinjin, 24 June 1987, M.I.H. Brooker 9664 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); Broad Arrow,

II Nov. 1962, C. Davies s.n. (PERTH); Broad Arrow, Nov. 1961, O.I.C. Forests Dept. Kalgoorlie
6331/61 (PERTH); Coonana Reserve, 106 m Trans Railway, 8 June 1939, Forests Dept. (PERTH);
Between Cundeelee Mission and 12 mile rockhole, 9 Nov. 1963, A.S. George 5989 (PERTH);
17.7 milesNofCundeelce Mission, 190ct.l966,A,S. George 8616(PERTH);1 km Sof Broad Arrow

on Kalgoorlie road (37 km N of Kalgoorlie), 100 m E of road, 30° 27’S 121° 20’E, 4 Nov. 1983,
K. Hill 551 L Johnson, D. Bla.xell and I. Brooker (CANB, NSW, PERTH); c. 1.2 km SE of Broad
Arrow hotel, 39 km N of Kalgoorlie, 30° 27’S 121° 20’E,4Nov. 1983, S.D.//opper 3579 (PERTH);
12 km S of Queen Victoria Springs, 13 Aug. 1984, SD. Hopper 393S (PERTH); 1 .3 km N of railway
along Eboundary of Coonana Sandalwood Reserve, 31° 01 ’S 123° 15’E,14Aug. l9S4,SD.Hopper
3939 (PERTH); 9 miles S of Queen Victoria Springs, 26 Jan. 1956, R.D. Royce 5292 (PERTH);
Cundeelee Mission, N of Zanthus, 27 Jan. 1956,R.D. Royce 5339 (PERTH); Cundeelee, 27 Jan. 1956]
RD. Royce 5340 (PERTH); Cundeelee, 27 Jan. 1956, R.D. Royce 5340 (PERTH); Goddard’s Creek’
28 Jan 1956, R.D. Royce 5363 (PERTH).

100

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Distribution and habitat. North and east of Kalgoorlie (Figure 50). E. flavida grows in open low
woodlands and mallee usually on gently undulating terrain. Soils are red loam with quartz or calcrete.
Associated eucalypts are E. aff. longicornis, E. griffithsii Maiden, E. aff. transcontinentalisMaidQn,
E. clelandii (Maiden) Maiden and E. rigidula Maiden.

Conservation status. Locally abundant in disjunct populations, a few of which are on reserves such
as Queen Victoria Spring Nature Reserve.

Flowering period. November-December.

Etymology. A new specific epithet is needed for this taxon because Maiden’s varietal name oxymitra
is already in use at the species level for Sharp-capped Mallee, E. oxymitra Blakely, of the central
Australian region . The new specific epithet refers to the colour of the flowers (La\m flavidus, yellow).

Notes. The glossy green lanceolate juvenile leaves of this species are unique in the series. Its long
slender uncinate buds, yellow stamens and long barrel-shaped fruits suggest affinities with E. redunca,
E. pluricaulis, E. varia, E. densa and £. gardneri, but the consistent presence of pith glands and the
juvenile leaves in E. flavida isolates this species somewhat from the superspecies “redunca". The
copious flower production and inland distribution of E. flavida indicate suitability as a hardy
ornamental. Birds such as Yellow-throated Miners and Red Wattlebirds have been observed taking
nectar from flowers in the wild (Hopper unpubl.).

15. Eucalyptus crispata Brooker & Hopper, sp. nov. (Figures 5e, 52, 53, 54)

Frutex (“mallee”) ad 5 m altus cortice inferiore decorticanti crispato superiore laevi cineraceo,
folds adultis hebetibus vel nitentibus, et alabastris plerumque brevioribus crassioribusque quam
affinibus. Semina cuboidea vel plano-ovoidea.

Typus: near Yandanooka, Western Australia, 13 March 1986, M.I.H. Brooker 9207 & S.D. Hopper
(holo: PERTH; iso: CANB, MEL, NSW).

Colour illustration. Brooker & Kleinig (1990: 180).

A mallee to 5 m tall, erect or spreading. Bark towards base of stems held in partly decorticated
curls, smooth grey above. Pith of branchlets glandular. Leaves of the seedling remaining opposite for
about 2 pairs, then alternating, ovate to deltoid, to 10 x 9 cm, glabrous, slightly glossy, blue-green.
Adult leaves petiolate, alternating, lanceolate to falcate, to 9 x 1.5 cm, dull or glossy, green.
Inflorescences to 13-flowered.Pedunclesto 1.6 cm long. Buds to 1 xO.4 cm, shorterand broader than
most related species, operculum cylindrical to conical. Fruit sessile to shortly pedicellate, obconical
to cupular, to 0.5 x 0.5 cm. Seed light grey-brown, cuboid to compressed-ovoid.

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Type locality, 13 March 1986, M.I.H. Brooker
9205, 9208, 9209 & SD. Hopper (CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); NE of Eneabba, 21 Nov. 1986,
M. I. H. Brooker 9555 (CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 1 kmNofEW fence on N-S track, west of South
Eneabba Nature Reserve, 30° OO’S 1 15° 16’E, 20 Sept. 1988, M.I.H. Brooker 10080 (AD, CANB,
MEL, NSW, PERTH); type locality, 13 March 1986, S.D. Hopper Mil, All'S, AHA, 4775, 4776
(PERTH).

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myitaceae

101

Figure 52. Eucalyptus crispata distribution, and buds, fruits, adult leaves and silhouette of a fifth node seedling leaf (scale
bar= 1 cm).

102

Nuytsia Vol, 8, No. 1 (1991)

Figure 53. Holotype of E. crispata Brooker & Hopper.

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myitaceae

103

Figure 54. E. crispata mallee habit at type locality, and stems and bark.

104

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Distribution and habitat. Known from lateritic breakaways south of Mingenew where it occurs in
several small pure stands, and a single occurrence near Eneabba (Figure 52).

Conservation status. Rare and vulnerable. Currently declared as Endangered Flora under the Wildlife
Conservation Act (Hopper et al. 1990). Population sizes are small and will need to be monitored to
ensure against accidental destruction.

Flowering period. ? April.

Etymology. The specific epithet refers to the curled, partly detached basal bark (Latin crispatus,
curled).

Notes. E. crispata is a rare mallee known only from two localities. The crisped basal bark is unique
in the series. The buds are relatively short and fat though variable while the seedling leaves vary from
ovate to cordate (similar to £. accedenstxndE. leprophloiaBrooker &Hopper ined. although not seen
to segregate within family lots of four parents tested). The seed are somewhat ovoid. While of fairly
uniform appearance in the field, the species may be of recognisably recent hybrid origin with the
parentage of E. accedens and E. arachnaea, both of which co-occur with E. crispata.

16. Eucalyptus subangusta (Blakely) Brooker & Hopper, comb, et stat. nov.; E. redunca Schauer
var. subangusta Blakely, “Key to the Eucalypts.” p. Ill (1934). Lectotype (here designated):
Cunderdin, Western Australia, W.V. Fitzgerald s.n. (Figures 3, 5f, 12b, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62)

A mallee or mallet with smooth, grey over pink or coppery bark. Pith of branchlets glandular.
Leaves of the seedling remaining opposite for 4-6 pairs, then alternating, lanceolate to ovate, to
9 X 4 cm, dull, green, blue-grey or glaucous, glabrous. Adult leaves petiolate, alternating, narrowly
lanceolate to lanceolate, toll x 1 cm, dull orrarely glossy (insubsp.v/rejceAij), light green, maturing
to blue-green. Inflorescences to 17-flowered: peduncles to 1 cm long. Buds shortly pedicellate,
fusiform, to 1 x 0,3 cm, operculum oblong, obtuse or acute at tip; few stamens erect, flowers white.
Fruitshortlypedicellate,cupular(i.e.aboutaslongasbroad),to0.5 x 0.5 cm (as broad as long). Seed
light grey-brown, subspherical to cuboid.

Typification: In the protologue for var. subangusta,B\ctkely presumably refers to Maiden’s treatment
of E. redunca var. angustifolia Benth. that alludes to two Drummond specimens, 67 and 187, which
are the syntypes of var. angustifolia (now E. xanthonema). There are three further specimens which
are most simply referred to by their localities, viz. Cunderdin, Knutsford and Golden Valley. Blakely
then cited one of these, Cunderdin, in the illustrations (Plate 140, number 6) which becomes the type
of E. redunca var. subangusta.

This specimen in NSW is clearly the smooth-barked mallee of the yellow sandplains in the central
and northern wheatbelt. However, Blakely’s description of a tree, 7 m tall, with rough bark is at odds
with any known specimen of var, subangusta as we inteipret the type. We feel justified in rejecting
the description in Blakely which further includes a comparison of var. subangusta with typical
E redunca which he is unlikely to have examined. We therefore present, above, the new
comprehensive description for the taxon represented by the type specimen.

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

105

The second and third of the specimens referred to by Maiden, Knutsford and Golden Valley, we
treat later under E. subangusta subsp. cerina. Maiden considered that the two localities were one and
the same place. Golden Valley appears on present-days maps, but not Knutsford.

Notes. E. subangusta is one of the taxa that has been commonly confused with E. redunca. Extensive
fieldwork has shown it to be a distinctive species of yellow sandplains in the northern and central
wheatbelt. Rather than with E. redunca, its affinities lie closely with E. microschema, E. sublilis and
to a lesser extent with superspecies “wandoo” (Table 1). E. subangusta differs from E. microschema
in its larger stature, softer less erect usually dull leaves and preference for sandplain. From E. subtilis
it differs in the broader juvenile and adult leaves, the latter maturing blue-green, and in the oblong,
usually obtuse opercula.

It clearly differs from E. wandoo, E. capillosa subsp. capillosa and E. nigrifunda in the mallee
habit. From E. capillosa sabsp. polyclada it differs in the narrower leaves, oblong or narrowly conical
never uncinate opercula and smaller cupular fruit. It differs from E. livida in the smaller green to blue-
green leaves, smaller buds and smaller fruits, and from E. crispata in the smooth bark and smaller
leaves and fruits. The seed in E. subangusta are unusual in the series for being slightly angular
rendering them somewhat cuboid.

There are four subspecies.

16a. Eucalyptus subangusta (Blakely) Brooker & Hopper subsp. subangusta (Figures 3, 12b, 55)
Colour illustration. Brooker & Kleinig (1990: 168).

A mallee with non-waxy branchlets, adult leaves dull, to 1 1 x 1 cm, buds to 1 x 0.3 cm with obtuse
or acute opercula, and fruit to 0.5 x 0.5 cm.

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 9 miles E of Pithara, 23 July 1971 , K.M. Allan 1 12
(BRI, CANB, PERTH); 4 miles N of Tammin, 29 June 1959, T.E.H. Aplin 505 (PERTH); 2 miles S
of Cramphome, Oct. 1945, E.T. Bailey 334 (PERTH); 10 miles S of Mullewa, 26 Sept. 1973,
J.S. Beard 6690 (CANB); Between Camamah andPerenjori, 5 Nov. l91A,J.S.Beardl'i5'i (PERTH);
53 miles E of Dalwallinu, 2 Oct. 1976, J.S. Beard 7977 (PERTH); 17 miles from Wongan Hills, on
Cadoux road, 5 Oct. 1976, J.S. Beard 8006 (PERTH); Between Yuna and Mullewa, Sept. 1940,
W.E. Blackall 4852 (PERTH); 20 km NW of Hyden, 4 Oct. 1975, D.E. Blaxell W75/75 (CANB, K,
NSW, PERTH); 3 miles E of Tammin, 3 June 1969, M.I.H. Brooker 1780 (PERTH); 1 mile S of
Bencubbin, 22 July 1969, M.I.H. Brooker 1892 (PERTH); 111 mile N of Rendering, 13 July 1970,
M.I.H. Brooker 2643, 2644 (BRI, CANB, MEL, PERTH); 7 miles W of Moorine, 15 July 1970,
M.I.H. Brooker 2689 (CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 10 1/2 miles E of Pithara, 4 May 1972,
M.I.H. Brooker 3692 (CANB, PERTH); 15 km E of Gunyidi, 21 May 1982, M.I.H. Brooker 7526
(CANB, NSW, PERTH); S of Mt Rupert, Wongan Hills, NW of Mt Mathilde, 21 May 1982,
M.I.H. Brooker 7533 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 12.6 km E of rail crossing at Carani, 30° 59’S
1 16° 3 1’E, 26 Aug. 1982, M.I.H. Brooker 7586 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); Wongan Hills, NE-facing
slope, c. 1 km S of road to Gap, 30° 52’S 1 16° 40’E, 26 Aug. 1982, M.I.H. Brooker 7594 (CANB,
NSW, PERTH); 4 km S of Piawaning, 30° 54’S 116° 23 ’E, 26 Aug. 1982, M.I.H. Brooker 7600,

106

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

7602, (C ANB , NSW, PERTH); c. 1 .5 km N of Dowerin on Cadoux Rd, 3 1° 1 3 ’ S 1 1 7° 03 ’E, 14 Sept.
1982, M.I.H. Brooker 7604, 7605 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 4.3 km N of Dowerin on Cadoux Rd,
31° irS 117° 03 ’E, 14 Sept. 1982, M.I.H. Brooker 7608 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 21 km NE of
Doodarding towards Koorda, 30° 51’S 117° 22’E, 14 Sept. 1982, M.I.H. Brooker 7612 (CANB,
NSW, PERTH); 6 km SW of Koorda towards Doodarding, 30° 52’S 117° 27’E, 14 Sept. 1982,
M.I.H. Brookerl6lA (CANB, NSW, PERTH); Corner Scotsman’sRd and Cleary-Paynes Find Road,
30° 22’S 117° 34 ’E, 11 Jan. 1983, M.I.H. Brooker 7914 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 0.5 km W of
WandanaRd at N end, N or Yuna, 28° 03’S 1 15° 03 ’E, 25 Jan. 1983, M././/. Brooker 7938 (CANB,
NSW, PERTH); c. 4 km W of Kalannie, 30° 20’S 117° 04’E, 8 Feb. 1983, M.I.H. Brooker 7953
(CANB,NSW,PERTH);6.1kmNofMerindoN.RoadonKuljaCentraIRoad,30° 18’S 117° 18’E,
9Feb. 1983,M././/.Broofer7961 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 101 km WofCoolgardie-Norsemanroad
on Hyden track, 32° 04’S 120° 42’E, 7 Nov. 1983, M.I.H. Brooker 8355 (CANB, NSW. PERTH);
Mason’s road E of Watheroo, 2 Sept. 1984, M.I.H. Brooker 8687 (CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH);
0.5 kmSofTammin,31° 39’S 117° 29’E, 15 Nov. 1985, M././/.Braofer9104 (CANB, MEL.NSW,
PERTH); 17.7 km N of Murchison River on NW Coastal Hwy, 27° 40’S 1 14° 42’E, 6 May 1986,
M. I. H. Brooker 9166 (CANB.MEL.NS W.PERTH); Nboundary of Kalbarri National Park, 27° 24’S
114° 26’E,9 Oct. 1986, 9473 (CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 3.5 km W of Dowerin,

31° 13’S 116° 59’E, 23 July 1987, M.I.H. Brooker 9726 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); S of
Pintharuka road, 9.6 km from Mingenew-Morawa road via Yandanooka Road, W of Morawa,
29°06’S 115°38’E, 9 Sept. 1987, M.I.H. Brooker 9754 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH);
0.5 miles S of Wubin, 21 Oct. 1966, G.M. Chippendale 59 (CANB, PERTH); 3.6 miles S of Kalannie,
21 Oct. 1966, G.M. Chippendale 65 (CANB, PERTH); 22.8 miles SW of Merredin, 6 March 1967,
G.M. Chippendale 88 (CANB, PERTH); 1.4 miles W of Karalcc, 7 March 1967, G.M. Chippendale
104 (CANB, PERTH); 9.1 miles E of Pithara, 9 Aug. 1967, G.M. Chippendale 250 (CANB, PERTH);
9.4 miles NE of BruceRock, 10 Aug. 1967, G.M. Chippendale 256 (CANB, PERTH); Cadoux, 3 Nov.
1981, H.Demarz 9126 (PERTH); Mogumber, March \96\, Dr Diels & Pritzel (PERTH); 6 km Eof
Koorda, 12 Nov. \91A,Forests Departmenth\%l (PERTH); Dowerin, 19 Aug. 1920, CA. Gardner
657 (PERTH); 2 miles S ofDalwallinu gate. Rabbit-proof Fence, 14 Jan. 1947, CA. Gardner 8523
(PERTH); Rendering, 19 Oct. 1949, CA. Gardner 941S (PERTH); 3 miles N of Yerccoin, 21 Aug.
1957, /.W. Green 1486 (PERTH); Tammin - Cunderdin Rd, 26 June 1959, B./. Grieve (PERTH);;
Tammin.Oct. 1959,5.7. Gnevc (PERTH); 40 miles S ofMullewa, 3 April \961 ,E.Holms.n. (CANB);
Kalbarri NationalPark.c. 2km NEofJungaDam, 13 Sept. \919,SD.Hopper 1301 (PERTH); 5.2 km
N of Yerecoin siding, 4 km S ofPiawaning .siding, 30° 53’S 116° 24’E, 26 Aug. 1982, SD. Hopper
2483 (PERTH); 5 km WNW of Scrivener Rocks, 32° 19’30"S 1 18° 46’E, 14 June \9%5,S.D.Hopper
4415 (PERTH); Dowerin, west, 11 Nov. 1974, O.W. Loneragan L233 (PERTH); 6 miles out of
Wongan Hills, 3 Oct. 1962, F. Lullfitz L1659 (PERTH); Wongan Hills, 3 Oct 1903, A. Morrison
(PERTH); 9 miles from Wongan Hills towards Piawaning, 3 Oct. 1962, M.E. Phillips s.n. (CANB,
CBG 024965); Walcbing, Feb. 1950, Pop/j/ewe// Bras. (PERTH); 7 miles N of Bruce Rock, 14 April
1953, RD. Royce 3983 (PERTH); Water Reserve, Caron, 10 miles S of Perenjori, 1 1 April 1962,
R.D. Royce 68 13 (PERTH); Watheroo National Park, W. ofWathcroo,8 Oct. \91\,R.D.Royce9162
(PERTH); 14.6 miles Lynton Road, 1 March 1966, E M. Scrymgeour 272 & S.G.M. Carr (PERTH);
390.8 miles NW Coastal Highway, 3 March, 1966, E.M. Scrymgeour 322, 323 & S.G.M. Carr
(PERTH); 212.6 miles Morawa-Perth Road, 5 March 1966, E.M. Scrymgeour 393 & S.G.M. Carr
(PERTH); W of Manmanning townsite, next to Avon Loc. 19405, 30° 5rS 117° 05’E, 24 March
1987, 5.//. Smith 840 (AD, CHR, FRI, HO, MEL, NSW, PERTH).

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

107

Figure 55. Eucalyptus subangusta subsp. subangusta distribution, and buds, fruits, adult leaves and silhouette of a fifth node
seedling leaf (scale bar = 1 cm).

108

Nuylsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Distribution and habitat. Central and northern wheatbelt, north to Kalbarri and south-east to
Norseman (Figure 55). Occurs in low to tall mallee, usually on plains of yellow or red sand.

Conservation status. Widespread and abundant. Well represented on nature reserves.

Flowering period. January - ?

Notes. This is one of the most common mallees in the northern wheatbelt. It differs from subsp.pMj///a
in its larger buds and fruits, its consistent mallee habit, and its preference for light sandy soil. Subsp.
subangusta lacks the glaucous branchlets and consistent acuminate operculum of subsp. cerina. It has
dull leaves unlike the glossy leaves of subsp. virescens.

16b. Eucalyptus subangusta (Blakely) Brooker & Hopper subsp. pusilla Brooker & Hopper, subsp.
nov. (Figures 56, 57, 58, 59)

A subspecie typica habitu variabili frutice (“mallee”) vel arbore (“mallet”) alabastris fructibusque
parvioribus differt.

Typus: 15.8 km east of Mullewa towards Pindar, Western Australia, 12 June 1985, M.I.H. Brooker
9039 (holo: PERTH; iso: CANB, NSW, MEL).

Colour illustration. Brooker & Kleinig (1990: 169).

It differs from the typical subspecies in the variable mallee or mallet habit, smaller buds (to 0.7 x
0.2 cm) and fruit (to 0.3 x 0.3 cm).

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Yuna East Reserve, 24 Oct. 1974, J.S. Beard 7155
(PERTH); 53 miles E of Dalwallinu, 2 Oct. 1976, J.S. Beard 7977 (PERTH); Between Kuija and
Koorda, 13 Oct. 1937, W.E. Blackall 3519 (PERTH); 59 km NW of Wubin towards Paynes Find,
20 Jan. 1976, M. Blackwell 34 (CANB); 6.5 km S of Mt Gibson turn-off on Gt Nthn Highway, 20 Oct.
1978, /. Briggs 222 (CANB); 32.4 km NE Camamah towards Perenjori, 19 Oct. 1978, J. Briggs 3 14
(CANB); 40 miles NE of Wubin towards Paynes Find, 11 Aug. 1969, M.I.H. Brooker 1972, 1973
(PERTH); 15.3 km NE of Calingiri towards Wongan Hills, 30° 59’S 1 16° 33’E, 16 Feb. 1983,
M.I.H. Brooker 7966 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 15.4 km E of Mullewa towards Pindar, 28° 22’S
1 15° 4rE, 24 Jan. 1984, M.I.H. Brooker 8414 (CANB, MEL, NS W, PERTH); 84 km SW of Paynes
Find, 29° 40’S 1 17° 08’E, 18 Oct. 1984, M.I.H. Brooker 8718 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 15.8 km E
of Mullewa towards Pindar, 28° 3 US 1 15° 40’E, 12 June mS,M.I.H. Brooker 9039 (CANB, MEL,
NSW, PERTH); 39 km NE of Wubin, 29° 53’S 116° 53’E, 15 April 1986, M.I.H. Brooker 9226
(CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 82.5 km S of Paynes Find, 18 April 1986, M.I.H. Brooker 9262
(CANB, PERTH, NSW, MEL); Stoke’s farm. Franco Road, W of Morawa, 29° OS’S 1 15° 44’E,
3 Feb. 1988, M.!.H. Brooker 9880 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 69 mile peg from Geraldton
onMagnet-GeraldtonRd, 19 March 1968, S.G.M. Carr 455 (PERTH); 4 miles SSE of Kuija, 24 June
1978, S. Charlton s.n. (CANB, PERTH); 0.4 miles E of Pithara, E of railway line, 21 Jan. 1966,
G.M. Chippendale 63 (CANB, PERTH); Tardun, 8 Aug. 1967, G.M. Chippendale 246 (CANB,

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levisperniae Maiden - Myrtaceae

109

PERTH); Mt Gibson, 206 mile, 12 Nov. 1974, Forests Department Lm (PERTH); 3 miles S of
Canna, 23 Aug. 1957,7. W. Green 1532 (PERTH); 4.8 km N of Y erecoin siding, 4.2 km S ofPiawaning
siding, 30° 53’S 116° 24’E,26 Aug. 1982, 57). 2485 (PERTH); Sorenson’sNature Reserve,
8.9 km W of Babakin, 32°07’30"S 117°55’E, 13 June 1985, SD. Hopper 4404 (PERTH); N
boundary ofKalbarri National Park, 27° 24’S 114° 30’E,7 Aug. 1986,5.D.//o/7per 5168 (PERTH);
East Yuna Reserve, c. 70 km NE Geraldton, 33 km WNW Mullewa, 12-16 Oct. 1976, B.G. Muir
61(2.6)1, 61(2.6)2 (PERTH); “Crossroads”, SE comer, Yandegin, 15 Aug. 1979, P. deRebeira 125
(PERTH); 221.6 miles along Morawa-Perenjori Road, 5 March 1966, E.M. Scrymgeour 388 &
S.G.M. Carr (PERTH); Near Monger’s Lake, 5 March 1966, E.M. Scrymgeour 390 & S.G.M. Carr
(PERTH); 212.6 miles Perth-Morawa Road, 5 March 1966, E.M. Scrymgeour 395 & S.G.M. Carr
(PERTH); Buntine,3 July 1951,N.//.5/7ec^(PERTH);Dalwallinu, 3 July 1952,N.//.5/?ecyt (PERTH);
Wubin, 3 July 1952, N.H. Speck (PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Northern wheatbelt, from Wongan Hills to Mullewa and extending north-
east to Paynes Find (Figure 56). Grows in low woodland or tall mallee with E. arachnaea,
E. hypochlamydea Brooker, E. celastroides subsp. vireila, E. leptopoda and E. horistes Johnson &
Hill. Preferred soils are fine textured, reddish, often with surface stony rubble.

Conservation status. Poorly surveyed. Locally abundant and widespread in disjunct populations.

Flowering period. Unknown.

Etymology. The subspecific epithet refers to the small buds and fruits, which are the smallest in the
series. (Latin pusillus, very small).

Notes. E. subangusta subsp. pusilla extends further north-east than the typical subspecies, from which
it differs in the smaller buds and fruits, occasional mallet habit (Figure 58) and preference for heavier
soils. It lacks the glaucous branchlets of subsp. cerina and the glossy leaves of subsp. virescens.

16c. Eucalyptus subangusta (Blakely) Brooker & Hopper subsp. cerina Brooker & Hopper, subsp.
nov. (Figures 56, 60)

A subspecie typica ramulis inceratis et semper operculis conicis differ!.

Typus: ChiddarcoopingNatureReserve,E-W road, east end, 30° 5rS 118° 42’E,Western Australia,
17 Feb. 1983, M.I.H. Brooker 7972 (holo; PERTH; iso: CANB, NSW).

Colour illustration. Brooker & Kleinig (1990: 170).

It differs from the typical subspecies by the white, waxy branchlets and consistently conical
opercula.

110

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Figure 56. Distribution of Eucalyptus subangusta sabsp. pusiila (p) , suhsp. cerina (v) and subsp. and buds, fruits,

adult leaves and silhouette of a fifth node seedling leaf (scale bar = 1 cni) of Eucalyptus subangusta subsp. pusiila.

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

111

Figure 57. Holotype of E. subangusta (Blakely) Brooker & Hopper subsp. pusilla Brooker & Hopper.

112

Nuylsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Figure 58. E. subangiisla subsp. ptisilla mallei habit near Ml Gibson, and trunk and bark.

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levisperniae Maiden - Myilaceae

113

Figure 59. E. subangiista subsp. pusilla malice habit near Mt Gibson, and stems and bark.

04689-9

114

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

aisooivistwof fe«EST8tssABeM m, '
<***('

sy-s. V©?. lii«54*iv

I’infKifMOyH.

V ' ■* ; 'A “ - ‘ <"

vwfil t43*N.s«

^5s#!.Uv

W£STi?e*^ AUSIRI^U^^
#»gmKv.'^

(Siikeiy)
fisi* S*x»Mk^t* i

Figure 60. Holotype of E. subangusta (Blakely) Brooker & Hopper subsp. cerina Brooker & Hopper.

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

115

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 2 miles E of Merredin Golf Course, 4 June 1969,
M.I.H. Brooker 1791 (PERTH); c. 25 km W of Nukami, 31° 19’S 117°56’E, 15 Sept. 1982,
M.I.H. Brooker 7624 (CANS, NSW, PERTH); Chiddarcooping Nature Reserve, E-W road, east end,
30° 51’S 118° 42’E, 17 Feb. 1983, M.III. Brooker, 7974 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 24 km W of
Bodallin, 3 1 ° 22’S 1 18° 40’E, 7 April 1983, M.I.H. Brooker 8056 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); WSW
of Bullfinch, 31° 02’S 118° 58’E, 22 Oct. 1986, M.I.H. Brooker 9493, 9494 (AD, CANB, MEL,
NSW , PERTH); “Oxendale”, Barnes Road, SE of Yelbcni, 23 July 1987, M.I.H. Brooker 9727 (AD,
CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 5.1 miles EofCarrabin, 6 March 1967, G.M. Chippendale 90 (CANB,
PERTH);NearGolden Valley (NofBullfinch),30° 53’S 1 19° 02’E,9Dec. 1891,/?. (PERTH);
near Knutsford, W.A., 9 Dec. 1891,/?. Helms (NSW); 5 km WNW of Scrivener Rocks, 32° 19’30"
S 118° 46’E, 14 June 1985, SD. Hopper 4415 (PERTH); Chiddarcooping Nature Reserve, 0.3 km
EofW boundary and 1.3 km S of Morrison Road along track run ningNE, 30° 54’S 118° 37’E,6July
1988, SD. Hopper 6418 (CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 32 km W of Knap Rock, Hyden-Norseman
road, 32° 05 S 120° 42’E, 8 May 1978, G.J. Keighery 1695 (PERTH); Between Carrabin and
Westonia, c. 40 km W of Southern Cross, 12 April 1966, P.G. Wilson 4120, 4121 & S G M Carr
(PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Eastern central wheatbelt, from Yelbeni to east of Southern Cross (Figure
56). E. subangusta subsp. cerina grows in low woodland, mallee or shrubland, usually on red clay
loams with species such as E. aff. loxophleba and E. sheathiana.

Conservation status. Widespread and abundant, with populations known on conservation reserves
such as Chiddarcooping Nature Reserve.

Flowering period. Unknown.

Etymology. The subspecific epithet refers to the glaucous (white, waxy) branchlets (Latin cerinus,
waxy).

Notes. E. subangusta subsp. cerina is restricted to the eastern central wheatbelt. It is distinguished
from other subspecies in the glaucous branchlets, and in its preference for heavier soils than those
occupied by the typical subspecies.

16d. £■ ucalyptus subangusta (Blakely) Brooker & Hopper subsp. virescens Brooker & Hopper, subsp.
nov. (Figures 5f, 56, 61, 62)

A subspecie typica foliis adultis virescentibus leviter nitentibus differ!.

Typus: c. 1 km N of Roach Road on Tank North Road, NW of Narembeen, Western Australia, 23 Aug.
1988, M././/. Brooker 10045 & C.J. Ranford (holo: PERTH; iso: AD, CANB, MEL, NSW).

Differs from the typical subspecies in the light green, slightly glossy adult leaves.

116

NuytsiaVol.8,No. 1 (1991)

HOiCJYPi

<»Me*n3tt4M8Ss>c»iy)
areafctf 4 mppag

fit’eaema e^okas i H&p^as

WE&mm MusrmuAN Henmmm

P^tH, W A.

c^tm OF nmesr nssiAftOH ? .

aafeawfae-sa |gS»ii*i¥| & <*»#»•»

sampf, aix-itasmit

^S»4® .5(,y. 1?Jg,

aaiiaa a* t».ii «a&h §rs? at sosi>«ry
imma «3i^f>Uy

gramf an y»lis» »*o« f Uaks&nia^

SI ■^' S? t; II? 21 * A«

'^fste’a^at ),^.-y,

s, ik« fc ffif «»«ss4i ^s6 <»5¥ r*n« mrtn
^ <sf

Figure 61. Holotype of E. siibangusia (Blakely) Brooker & Hopper subsp. virescens Brooker & Hopper.

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

117

Figure 62. E. subangusta subsp. virescens showing mallee habit.

118

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

5';?ec/me/J5'e.ram/rted. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 14milesEofNarembeen, 17 July l91Q,J.S.Beard
5910 (CANB); 20 km NW ofHyden,4 Oct. 1975,D. Blaxelimsps (CANB); 25.7km S ofKoorda
towards Wyalkatchem, 31° OO’S 117° 27’E, 14 Sept. 1982, MJ.H. Brooker 7616 (CANB, NSW,
PERTH); Mason’s Road E of Watheroo, 2 Sept. 1984, M.I.H. Brooker 8687 (CANB, MEL, NSW,
PERTH); between Miling and Pithara, 30° 27’S 116° 30’E, 15 April 1986, M.I.H. Brooker 9225
(CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); W of Manmanning, 2.8 km E of Hourigan Road along Jones Road,
30° 26’S 116° 53’E,230ct. 1986,MT.//.i5roofer9497(CANB,MEL,NSW,PERTH);typelocality,
23 Aug. 1988, M.I.H. Brooker 10046, 10047 & C.J. Ranford (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Eastern part of the central wheatbelt where it is known from the type locality
and at a few scattered sites between Manmanning and Watheroo (Figure 56). Soils occupied range
from yellow sand (with E. flocktoniae, E. sheathiana, E. kochii and E. erythronema) to white clay
(with E. yilgarnensis and E. erythronema).

Conservation status .Boody known. All four recorded populations are on road verges in largely cleared
agricultural land. The subspecies, therefore, is in urgent need of further survey.

Flowering period. Unknown.

Etymology. The subspecific epithet refers to the colour and glossiness of the adult leaves, which
contrast to the dull blue-green leaves of all other subspecies (Latin viridis, green and -escens,
becoming).

Notei. This subspecies is the least-known in the species. It is notably variable in its site requirements,
with soils ranging from sand to white clay. Morphologically it is consistent, differing from the other
three subspecies in its green glossy adult leaves. These features become manifest in the older leaves
within the crown.

17. Eucalyptus subtilis Brooker & Hopper, sp. nov. (Figures 63, 64)

Ah Eucalypto subangusta (Blakely) Brooker & Hopper folds j uvenilibus adultisque angustioribus,
nervis secundariis infirmis, et operculis semper attenuatis differ!.

Typus-. 0.7 km south of rail crossing, south of Norseman, 32° 32’S 121° 36’E, Western Australia,
12 Feb. 1985, M.I.H. Brooker 8841 (holo; PERTH; iso: CANB, MEL, NSW).

Colour illustration. Brooker & Kleinig (1990: 171).

A mallee to 3 m tall. Bark smooth, daik grey and pinkish grey. Pith of branchlets glandular. Leaves
of the seedling remaining opposite for 3 or4 pairs, then alternating, narrowly lanceolate to lanceolate,
to 8 X 2 cm. Adult leaves linear, to 8 x 0.6 cm, dull to slightly glossy, light green; secondary veins
weak with indistinct connections to the m idrib and in tramarginal vein. Inflorescences to 1 1 flowered;
peduncles to 0.6 cm long. Buds short, to 0.7 x 0.3 cm, opercula conical, attenuate. Flowers white.
Fruit sessile, cupular, to 0.4 x 0.4 cm. Seed light grey-brown, subspherical to cuboid.

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

119

Figure 63. Eucalyptus subtilis distribution, and buds, fruits, adult leaves and silhouette of a fifth node seedling leaf (scale
bar = 1 cm).

120

NuylsiaVol.8,No. 1 (1991)

e^.

myrnof-iof f-or?«sT R£S£,fl.RCH

pss* «=• S<WS*«S» « A-vi? *<£4:

g.I.S. ^S4S

.BVitCkSM-
32 ‘’>2 'S t<.'«. i,n

a»»- ^ ,, , ,

3 ia t<4.ii %>it£ -gsrs-y »’a4
3»>cs-?h O'!!! ?«4 r«kkJ>< Si>i2 with

«f88il,I2» ^e9H»s 4

Figure 64. Holotype of E. suhiilis Brookcr & Hopper.

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

121

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 43 km S of Norseman on Esperance road, 32° 3 1 ’S
121° 35’E,21 June l91^,D.F.Blaxell 1671, 1672 (CANB,NSW,PERTH); 26.4 miles S ofNorseman
towards Esperance, 15 Feb. 1970, A/././/. Brooder 2494 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); Between Norseman
and Salmon Gums, 10 Nov. 1981, M.I.H. Brooker 7071 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); Road to Peak
Charles, 2 May 1982 , M.I.H. Brooker 7510 (CANB, NS W, PERTH); 25 m iles S ofNorseman , 20 Sept.
1947,N.r.BMr6iy5e2712(CANB);23kmNEofCoujinupHill,33° 12’31"S120° 28’12"E,11 Aug.
19S3, M A. Burgman 1949 & S. McNee (PERTH); 28 km S W of Norseman-Esperance highway along
road to Peak Charles, 32° 45’S 121° 19’E, 20 Sept. 1979, MD. Crisp 5986, 5987 J. Taylor & R.
Jackson (CBG, PERTH); 447 mile peg on Salmon Gums-Norseman rd, 20 March 1968, S.G.M. Carr
611 (PERTH); 477.5 mile peg on Salmon Gums-Norseman rd, 29 March 1968, S.G.M. Carr 612
(PERTH); 27 miles S ofNorseman, 7 Nov. 1953, CA. Gardner 1 1 160 (PERTH); 15 km E of Ninety
Mile Tank, 18.5km SSEofMtGlasse,BremerRange,32° 42’S 120° 52’E,6Sept. 1982,S.Z).//opper
2499 (PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Ninety Mile Tank to the Peak Charles-Kumarl area south of Norseman
(Figure 63). Predominantly in low mallee or shrubland on fine textured soils in sand plain.

Conservation status. Widespread in patchy disjunct populations on vacant Crown land. Not recorded
on a conservation reserve.

Flowering period. February - ?

Etymology. The specific epithet refers to the narrow leaves (Latin subtilis, fine, slender).

Notes. E. subtilis is a conspicuously narrow-leaved species allied to E. subangusta and has the
narrowest juvenile and adult leaves in the series. Apart from leaf width it differs from E. subangusta
in the stiffer light green adult leaves with weak secondary veining and in the consistently conical
opercula. It has narrower leaves and a taller habit than E. microschema.

18. Eucalyptus microschema Brooker and Hopper, sp. nov. (Figures 11c, 65, 66, 67)

Species Eucalypto subangustae cognata a qua statura inferiore, foliis adultis leviter nitentibus,
pedunculis valde complanatis,operculo hypanthio angustiore, et crescenti in solo cineraceo argillaceo
differ!.

Typus: 40.9 km along Old Ravensthorpe Road from Newdegate - Lake King Road, 33° 22’S
119° 25’E, Western Australia, 24 November 1987, M.I.H. Brooker 9813 (holo: PERTH; iso: AD,
CANB, MEL, NSW).

Mallee to 2 m tall with grey over pinkish grey smooth stems. Crown dense. Pith of branchlets
glandular. Leaves of the seedling remaining opposite for4 or 5 pairs, then alternating, ovate to broadly
lanceolate, to 1 0 x 3 cm, bluish-green, glabrous. Adult leaves stiff, narrowly lanceolate, to 8 x 0.9 cm,
olive-green, at first dull, maturing glossy inside crown, held erect. Peduncles short (<1 cm long),
broad and strongly flattened. Buds shortly pedicellate, fusiform, to 1 x 0.3 cm; operculum attenuate,
narrower than hypanthium at join. Flowers creamy white or pale yellow. Fruit shortly pedicellate,
cupular, to 0.6 x 0.5 cm. Seed light grey-brown, subspherical to cuboid.

122

Nuylsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Figure 65. Eucalyptus microschema dislribution, and buds, fruits, adult leaves and silhouette of a fifth node seedling leaf (scale
bar = 1 cm).

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

123

HQiOTYPS

csmo DIVISION OF FOREST Resf ARCH
A>.ai-rp*;.>g«e6

Sfsinihfpi»i aicsos^-lveaa Jpcofeer S

c«i«w H 1 « waojter SSI,? 'm» 2^ Ruv IH7

iM, 3-2 ‘S StS* AH *

Si»w 'ilA Ki)ai<tf

Ssa aVeng Sixaii

fstm S«vi5sfg»ta - iaiss Kla# raai

®sl lw« 3 » taU •T’n sawd

af.««a; Jaavs* «ta*;s .*Vtva~grAs*«,
sic-»»y.

Figure 66. Holotype of E. microschema Brooker & Hopper.

124

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Figure 67. E. microschema showing compact mallee habit (SE of Newdegate).

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

125

WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 23 kmEofNewdegate, 15July 1987,Mi.//. Brooker
9713 and SB. Hopper (CANS, PERTH, NSW, MEL, AD); 50.7 km along Old Ravensthorpe Road
from Newdegate-Lake King Road, 33° ll’S 119° 30’E, 24 Nov. 1987, M.I.H. Brooker 9815 (AD,
CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 41.3 km along Old Ravensthorpe Road from Newdegate-Lake King
Road, 33° 23’S 119° 26’E,24Nov. 1987,M././/. firooiter 9814 (AD,CANB,MEL,NSW,PERTH);
Junction of Taylor Road and Old Ravensthorpe Road, 22 Oct. 1987, /.IT. Green 5576 (PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. East and south-east of Newdegate in the southern wheatbelt (Figure 65).
Grows in low shrubland as a scattered emergent in clumps of few individuals. Soils typically are
shallow grey-white sand over white clay on plains or undulating hill tops. Associated eucalypts
include E. tetragona, E. eremophila, E. pileata, E. albida and E. loxophleba subsp. gratiae.

Conservation status. Poorly surveyed. The known populations are in areas undergoing agricultural
land clearance. The species, therefore, is in urgent need of further survey. Not known on a conservation
reserve.

Flowering period. July - September.

Etymology. From the Greek, micros, small and schema, form, alluding to the small stature of this
mallee.

Notes. This recently discovered species probably is allied to E. subangusta, from which it differs in
its smaller habit, stiff erect leaves that become glossy with age, strongly flattened peduncles, the
narrowed opercula and its preference for heavy white clay soils. Its leaves are broader than those of
E. subtilis.

19. EucalyptusxanthonemaTmcz. Ball. NatSoc.Mosc. XX., 1: 163(1847); Type: NovaHollandia.
Drummond 3rd collection, no. 67 (iso: BM, CGE, E, FL, G, K, MEL); E. redunca Schauer var.
angustifolia Benth. “FI. Austral.” 3: 253 (1867). Types: as for£. xanthonema andDrummond 5th
collection, no. 187 (Figures 68, 69, 70)

A mallee to 4 m with smooth grey stems and rather dense crown. Pith of branchlets glandular.
Leaves of the seedling remaining opposite for 2-6 pairs, then alternating, ovate to lanceolate, to
10 X 1.5 cm, slightly glossy, green, glabrous. Adult leaves narrowly lanceolate to linear, thin, with
a sudden conspicuous acumen, to 0.9 x 0.6 cm, dull, light green. Inflorescences up to 11-flowered;
peduncles to 0.7 cm long. Buds shortly pedicellate, fusiform, to 1.7 x 0.3 cm, operculum conical,
acute. Flowers white to very pale yellow. Fruit shortly pedicellate, barrel-shaped to cupular, to
0.5 X 0.5 cm. Seed light grey-brown, sub-spherical to cuboid.

Notes. Regarded by Chippendale (1973) as an obscure and rarely collected species, E. xanthonema
is now recognised to be a common mallee of the Stirling Range - Jerram ungup area. It is characterised
by the mallee habit, dull usually narrow leaves with a conspicuous acumen, slender uncinate buds and
small barrel-shaped to cupular fruit. It differs from E. medialis in its lower stature, smooth bark and
narrower leaves. It maybe confused with E. subtilis and narrow-leaved forms of£. subangusta which
differ in the shorter, tapered rather than distinctly pedicellate buds with a conical operculum and the
consistently cupular fruit.

126

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Figure 68. Distribution of E. xanthonema subsp. xanthonema (•) and E. xanthonema subsp. apposita (o), and buds, fruits,
adult leaves and silhouette of a fifth node seedling leaf of E. xanthonema subsp. xanthonema (scale bar = 1 cm).

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

127

liELi 00893

TYPE

O' ,

m

5

r;' /SV

,”-r .

soTiweii mmim u memmm.

musi m. -s. » i>

Figure 69. Isotype of E. xanthonema Turcz. subsp. xanthonema (MEL).

128

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

The epithet given by Turczaninow suggests yellow flowers, but an inspection of several isotypes
and other collections indicates that the stamens are white to very pale yellow when fresh and darken
in colour on drying.

There are two subspecies.

19a. Eucalyptus xanthonema Turcz subsp. xanthonema (Figures 68, 69)

Colour illustration. Brooker & Kleinig (1990: 172).

Adult leaves green, thin, to 0.7 cm wide.

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 10-15kmNofDumbleyung,onMtPleasantNature
Reserve no. 15197, 1985, D. Backshall 108 (PERTH); Stirling Range Nat. Park, 25 Sept. 1975,
J.S. Beard! A6S (PERTH); 4 .2 km W of Ncedilup-Boxwood Hill Rd, on road to Ongerup, 6 Oct. 1 982,
M.I.H. Brooker 7086 (CANB , NSW, PERTH); roadside NE of Newbey ’s farm, Ongerup, 6 Oct. 1 982,
M.I.H. Brooker 7681 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); Stirling Range, 2.5 km along N boundary fire trail
from Bluff Knoll Road, 7 Oct. 1982, M.I.IL Brooker 7696 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 0.4 km SE of
Chester Pass Road on Bluff Knoll Road, Stirling Range, 34®2rS 118° 13’E, 21 March 1983,
M.I.H. Brooker 8029 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); Beaufort River crossing, Albany Highway, 33° 50’S
117° 04’E,21 Nov. 1983, A/././7.Rroafer 8367 (CANB,NSW,PERTH);8.4kmWofJerTamungup-
AlbanyroadonStockRoad,34° Ol’S 118° 52’E,23Nov. 1983,M././/.Brooker8377(CANB,NSW,
PERTH); 1.7 km S of Jerramungup, 33°57’S 118°55’E, 3 March 1985, M.LH. Brooker 8873
(CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); E of Amelup, 34° 16’S 118° 15’E, 13 April imS, M.I.H. Brooker
8951 (CANB,MEL,NSW,PERTH);6.6km S of Jerramungup on Albany road, 33° 58’S 118° 55’E,
27 Nov. 1985, M.I.H. Brooker 9121 (CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 2.9 km N of Piesseville Road,
33° 09’S 117° 03’E, 9 Dec. 1985, M.I.H. Brooker 9145 (CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 37 km SE
ofPingrup-Borden road onRPFroad, 33° 50’S 118° 45’E, 27 Jan. 19S1 , M .I.H . Brooker 9561 (AD,
CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); Ncedilup, almost oppositeloading shed, 33° 57’S 118° 47’E, 13 Jan.
1988, M.I.n. Brooker 9866 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 1 10 km NE of Albany, 8 Nov. 1978,

R. J. Cranfield 1111 (PERTH); 17 km S of Jerramungup, 21 Nov. \919,H.Demarz D7844 (CANB,
PERTH); Ravensthorpe District, Nov. 1944, CA. Gardner s.n. (CANB, PERTH); Fitzgerald River,
11 Nov. 1935, CA. Gardner & A.J. Milesi (PERTH); 19 miles E of Dumbleyung, 21 Feb. 1966,
A.S. George 7560 & S.G.M. Carr (PERTH); 31 miles E of Cranbrook, 12 March 1957, J.W. Green
1168A (PERTH); 34 miles E of Cranbrook, 12 March 1957, J.W. Green 1 170 (PERTH); 2 km E of
Jerramungup,31 Oct. 1975,/. W. Green 4622 (PERTH); 5 km NW of Ongerup, 33° 55'S 118° 27’E,
23 Oct. 1983, K. Hill 332,L. Johnson & D. Blaxell (CANB, NSW, PERTH); N side of Stirling Range;
Camel Lake Nature Reserve, N of Stirling Range, SW corner on Salt River Road, 22 March 1982,

S. D. Hopper 2109 (PERTH); 5 km WNW of Ongerup, 4.5 km N of Foster Rd from Ongerup Rd,
33° 57’S 118° 27’E, 31 July 1982, SD. Hopper 2403 (PERTH); Stirling Range N.P., adjacent to
caravan park, N boundary of park, 34° 20’S 118° 12’E, 23 Nov. 1983, S.D. Hopper 3591, 3592
(PERTH); 4.4 km E of Quiss Road on N boundary of Fitzgerald River National Park, 33° 58’S
119° 14’E, 1 Oct. 1987,SX). //apper6168 (PERTH); GnowellenRd,6kmNEllen’sPeak, Amelup
to Cape Riche, 11 May 1982, G.J. Keighery 4837 (PERTH); Phillips Ranges, n.d., Ma.xwell 398
(MEL); 3 miles NW of Ongerup, 17 June 1952, K. Newbey 244 (PERTH); 5 km NW of Ongerup,
14 Sept. 1969, K. Newbey 2877 (PERTH); 10 km E of Broomehill, 13 Jan. 1954, R.D. Royce 4789

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

129

(PERTH); Reserve no. 9648, 10 miles SE of Wagin, 6 Nov. 1963, H.B. Shugg s.n. (PERTH);
Cranbrook-Borden Rd, July 1952, N.//. Speck s.n. (PERTH); Along No. 2 Vermin Proof Fence c.
15 km SSE of Jerramungup and 55 km N of Bremer Bay, 2 Oct. 1966, P.G. Wilson 4394 (PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Southern wheatbelt, from south-east of Williams to east of Jerramungup
(Figure 68). Often in tall mallee or low open forest as an understorey species on plains or broad valley
floors. Preferred soils are fine textured.

Conservation status. Locally abundant in scattered populations, several of which are on conservation
reserves.

Flowering period. September-February.

Notes. More widespread than subsp. apposita, with greener, narrower, thinner leaves.

19b. Eucalyptus xanthonema Turcz. subsp. apposita Brooker & Hopper, subsp. nov. (Figures 68, 70)

Ab subspecie typica foliis adultis longioribus, latioribus, crassioribus saepe falcatis et leviter
glaucis differt.

Typus: Madyerip track, 0.6 km E of Donnelly Track, S tirling Range National Park, Western Australia,
22 March 1983, M.I.H. Brooker 8040 (holo; PERTH; iso: CANB, MEL, NSW).

Differs from the typical subspecies by the broader (to 1 .5 cm wide), longer, thicker, often falcate,
slightly bluish-green adult leaves.

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: turn-off to Trio Peak on Formby South Rd, Stirling
Range, 5 Oct. \9%2,M .1 .H .BrookerlCTi (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 2.2km along N boundary firetrail
from Bluff KnoU Rd, Stirling Range, 7 Oct. 1982, M.I.H. Brooker 7694 (CANB, NSW, PERTH);
scenic drive, Stirling Range, 2.6 km E of Magog Picnic area, 8 Oct. 1982, M.I.H. Brooker 7709
(CANB, NSW, PERTH); 21.6 km W of Borden-Stirling Range road on Salt River road, 9 Oct. 1982,
M.I.H. Brooker 7715 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 8 km N of Stirling Range Drive turn-off on Chester
Pass Road, 34° 23’ S 118° lO’E, 11 April 1983, M././/.Braofer 8092, 8093 (CANB, NSW, PERTH);
5kmSof AmeluponChesterPassRd,34° 18’S 118° 12’E,23 0ct. 1983, /if. //j7/ 353 (CANB, NSW,
PERTH); 7.1 km E of Yetermerup Rd along Salt River Rd, 34° 18’S 117° 58’E, 22 March 1982,
S.D. Hopper 2105 (PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Apparently endemic in the Stirling Range National Park (Figure 68). Occurs
in mallee or shrubland.

Conservation status. Common in scattered populations in the Stirling Range National Park.
Flowering period. ?December-January.

Etymology. From the Latin, appositus, placed against, side by side, alluding to its affinity with and

04689-10

130

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Figure 70. llolotypc of E. xanlhonema Turcz. subsp. apposita Brooker & Hopper.

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

131

geographical position compared to the nominate subspecies.

Notes. Subsp. apposita is intermediate in leaf size between subsp. xanthonema and E. medialis.

20. Eucalyptus medialis Brooker and Hopper, sp. nov. (Figures 71, 72, 73)

Frutex (“mallee”) ad 5 m altus cortice ad basin leviteraspro, supra laevi atrocineraceo vel pallido-
cineraceo super pallido-aurantiaco. Medulla glandulifera. Folia adulta lanceolata, ad 8 x 1.5 cm,
hebeta. Alabastra pedicellata fusiformia, vel leviter curvata, ad 1.4 x 0.3 cm. Fructus pedicellati,
cupulati vel obconici, ad 0.7 x 0.6 cm, valvis saepe exsertis, sernina subspheroidea vel leviter
cuboidea.

Typus: Chester Pass Road, 5.3 km NEofFormby South Road, Stirling Range National Park, 34° 23 ’S
1 18° 12’E, Western Australia, 20 July 1988, M.I.H. Brooker 9997 (holo; PERTH; iso: AD, CANB,
MEL, NSW).

Mallee to 5 m tall with some flaky rough bai k retained at the base, smooth dark grey and light grey
over pale orange above. Pith of branchlets glandular. Leaves of the seedling remaining opposite for
4 or 5 pairs, then alternating, ovate, to 7.5 x 3 cm, blue-green, glabrous. Adult leaves lanceolate, to
8x 1.5 cm, dull, green. Peduncles to 2 cm long, widening towards the top. Buds pedicellate,fusiform
or slightly curved, to 1.4 x 0.3 cm. Operculum relatively short. Fruit pedicellate, cupular toobconical,
to 0.7 X 0.6 cm, with valves slightly exserted and erect or spreading outwards radially. Seed light grey-
brown, subspherical to slightly cuboid.

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA; N end of Stirling Range, 22 Oct. 1975,D.F. Blaxell
'NlSIlAl (NSW, PERTH); 8.4 km S by firetrail from SaltRiverRoad, SW of Donnelly Peak, Stirling
Range, 9 Oct. 1982, M.I.H. Brooker 7722 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 8.4 km S by firetrail from Salt
River Road, SW of Donnelly Peak, Stirling Range, 9 Oct 1982, A/././/. Brooker 1122 (CANB, MEL,
NSW, PERTH); 0.4 km SE of Chester Pass road on Bluff Knoll Road, Stirling Range, 34° 2rS
118° 13’E, 21 March 1983, M.I.H. Brooker 8030 (CANB, MEL, NSW. PERTH); Stirling Range,

I km S along Ellen track from N boundary, 34° 20’S 1 18° 20’E, 23 March 1983, M.I.H. Brooker,
8047 (CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 8 km N of Stirling Range Drive turn-off on Chester Pass Road,

I I April 1983,M /.//, Brooker 8092, 8093 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); uphill from picnic site at Mt Trio,
Stirling Range, 22 February 1 985, M.I.H. Brooker 8867 (CANB, NS W, PERTH); 0.4 km along Bluff
Knoll road from Chester Pass Road (50 m to N), Stirling Range National Park, 25 November 1987,
M.I.H. Brooker 9821 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 14 km E of Red Gum Passroad, 28 March
1968, G.M. Chippendale 436 (CANB); near Mount Gog, Stirling Range, 10 March 1969, AT?, Fairall
2511 (PERTH); Stirling Range National Park, 10 km ENE of Bluff Knoll. 34° 23’S 118° 22’E,70ct.
1982,S.D .//opper 2629 (PERTH); Stirling Range National Park, 4.2 km S of SaltRiverRd on internal
W firebreak, 34° 2rS 117° 42’E, 9 Oct. 1982, SD. Hopper 2650 (PERTH); 1 km WNW along
Woogenillup road from Kamballup store, 34°34’S 117°59’E, 5 Oct. 1987, SD. Hopper 6177
(PERTH); Stirling Range, S slopes of Mt Success, 9 May 1975, G.J Keighery 2274 (PERTH);
ridgeline 500 m SW of Ellen’s Peak, Stirling Range, 1 1 May 1982, G.J. Keighery 4936 (PERTH);
near Moir Hill, Gnowellen Road, SE margin Stirling Range, 15 Nov. 1982, GJ. Keighery 5855
(PERTH); South Stirlings, 17 June 1963,F.L«///it2L1283 (PERTH); 17 miles N of Albany on Borden
road, May 1969,5. Rockel A3 (PERTH).

132

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Figure 71. Eucalyptus medialis distribution, and buds, fruits, adult leaves and silhouette of a fifth node seedling leaf (scale
bar = 1 cm).

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

133

E'twslyjstus

WSSTEBN AUSTRAUAN HERBARIUM

f^RTH.WA

CSIRODmSiOf^OF FORfrS? RtSn&fiCH

£«e»iy)5tw» »s}<ti»iis «ifa5SK.«r 4

t« 34 0^5 s, ns • j; ( ,

{;fs«at»r »«S8» se»s, S,.1 ssa si' 3f ro)r»4>y
SSifJ.i.i'i? «»(>««

ss ■sAtn ^roy

Sifaf §r«y sj. «sf5>t of

^s8f)

Figure 72. Holotype of E. medialis Brooker & Hopper.

134

Nuylsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Figure 73. E. medialis malice liabit, and stems and bark.

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

135

Distribution and habitat. Lower slopes and plains in and around the Stirling Range (Figure 71).
E. medialis is a common component of tall mallee in association with £. tetragona and E. incrassata.
Soils are usually white sand.

Conservation status. Locally common throughout the Stirling Range National Park.

Flowering period. Unknown.

Etymology. From the Latin, medialis, middle, in allusion to its morphological intermediacy with
respect to E. xanthonema and E. melanophilra.

Notes. E. medialis differs from E. xanthonema in its taller stature, rough basal bark and broader leaves.
It is a common malice in the Stirling Range National Park, west of the distribution of £. melanophitra,
which is a mallet with distinct rough bark over part or most of the trunk.

E. medialis has similar dull green adult leaves to E. redunca but it has smaller buds and fruit, rough
basal bark, and conspicuous glands in the pith of the branchlets.

21. Eucalyptus melanophitra Brooker & Hopper, sp. nov. (Figures 74, 75, 76)

Arbor parva (“mallet”) ad 4 m alta, cortice leproso ad basin vcl investienti truncum totum. Folia
plantularumleviterpubescentia.Foliaadultahebelaveneta,parva,ad8 x 1 cm. Alabastrafusiformia,
ad 1.5 X 0.3 cm. Flores albi. Fructus breviter pedicellati, ad 0.6 x 0.5 cm. Semina subsphaerica vel
cuboidea.

Typus: c. 1 km west of Corackerup Creek, north of Toompup South road, 34° lO’S 118°40’E,
Western Australia, 3 March 19S5,M. I. H. Brooker (holo: PERTH; iso: CANB,NSW,MEL, AD).

Colour illustration. Brooker & Kleinig (1990: 173).

A mallet to 4 m tall. Bark over whole or only base of trunk rough, dark, flaky, smooth grey above.
Pith of branchlets glandular. Leaves of the seedling remaining opposite for about 4 pairs, then
alternating,ovateto broadly lanceolate,5-10 x 3-4 cm, dull, bluish green, slightly hairy. Adultleaves
lanceolate to falcate, to 8 x 1 cm, dull green, often uncinate or with a fine acumen. Buds fusiform,
to 1.5 X 0.3 cm with many opercula slightly narrower than hypanthium. Flowers white. Fruit shortly
pedicellate, barrel-shaped to cupular, to 0.6 x 0.5 cm. Seed light grey-brown, subspherical to cuboid.

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 2 km W of Corackerup Creek, near the E boundary
of reserve, 6 Oct. 1982, M.I.H. Brooker 7688 (C ANB, NSW, PERTH); 0.7 km S along Norman Road
from Cowalellup Road, 34° 12’S 118° 42’E, 21 Feb. 1985. M.I.H. Brooker 8863 (CANB, MEL,
NSW, PERTH); Breakaway W of Corackerup Creek on Toompup South Road, 34° 20’S 1 18° 41 ’E,
3 March 1985, M.f.H. Brooker 8884 (CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 6.2 km from Highway 1 on
Borden-Bremer Bay Road, 34° 2rS 118° 33’E, 19 Feb. 1986, M.I.H. Brooker9\?>l (CANB, MEL,
NSW, PERTH); Eyre district, Chillinup Pool on Pallinup River, 34° 2rS 118° 38’E, 14 Jan. 1979,
M.D. Crisp 5146 (CBG, PERTH); 0.7 km S along Norman Road from Cowalellup Road, 34° 1 US

136

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

118° 43’E,23 Oct. 1983, A'.///// 341 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 11.6kin SEof CowalellupRock,NE
corner of Corackerup Nat. Res., 34° 08’S 118° 42’E, 31 July 1982, S.D. Hopper 2406 (PERTH);
1.5 km SSE of Chillinup on Stockwell Rd, 34° 2r30"S 118° 38’30''E, 1 Feb. 1988, A. Napier &
A. Taylor 230 (CANB, PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Pallinup River and Corackerup Nature Reserve areas, usually on stony
breakaways (Figure 74). Grows in low closed or open forest with E. redacta Brooker & Hopper ined.,
E. platypus and E. annulata.

Conservation status. Locally abundant in disjunct populations across a narrow geographical range.
Known on one nature reserve.

Flowering period. February.

Etymology. From the Greek, melano, dark, black and phitros, bole, trunk, alluding to the black butt.

Notes. This is a recently discovered species drawn to the attention of SDH in 1982 by the late
Ken Newbey, who studied in detail the vegetation of the Corackerup Nature Reserve as part of his
M.Phil. degree at Murdoch University.

We consider the affinities of E. melanophitra to be with E. .xanthonema, from which it differs in
the mallet habit, rough basal bark, broader leaves, and occurrence on breakaways, and with
E. medialis, which is a mallee, not of breakaways, with larger leaves and only loose rough basal bark.

22. Eucalyptus praetermissa Brooker & Hopper, sp. nov. (Figures 77, 78, 79)

Arbor (“mallet”) ad 10 m alia cortice pro parte maxima laevi cremeo, cineraceo vel subroseo,
saepefragmentisnondecorticantibus ad basin. Medulla ramulorum glandulifera. Folio adulta viridia,
hebeta. Inflorescentiae axillares, ad 15-florae; pedunculi valde complanali. Alabastra pedicellata,
fusiformia vel leviter curvata, ad 1.5 x 0.4 cm; operculum decrescens in apicem tenuem. Fructus
pedicellati, obconici, doliiformes vel cupulati, ad 0.7 x 0.5 cm. Semina cuboidea vel leviter plano-
ovoidea.

Typus: Beaufort Inlet, north side. Western Australia, 29 Nov. 1984, M.I.H. Brooker 8744 (holo:
PERTH; iso: CANB, NSW).

A mallet to 10 m tall with mostly smooth, cream, grey or pinkish bark but often with loosely held
non-decorticated dead fragments held on the lower 1 m. Black horizontal insect scars often present.
Pith of branchlets glandular. Leaves of the seedling remaining opposite for about 4 or 5 pairs, then
alternating, ovate, to 7 x 2.5 cm, green to blue-green, glabrous. Adult leaves petiolate, alternating,
lanceolate, to 10 x 2 cm, concolorous, dull, green. Inflorescences axillary, unbranched, to 15-
flowered; peduncles strongly flattened, to 1.8 cm long. Buds pedicellate, fusiform or slightly curved,
to 1.5 X 0.4 cm; operculum tapering to a fine point. Some outer stamens erect, inner ones partly or
completely inflexed, all fertile. Flowers creamy white to pale yellow. Fruit pedicellate, obconical,
cupular or barrel-shaped, to 0.7 x 0.5 cm; valves not exserted. Seed light brownish grey, cuboid to
slightly compressed-ovoid.

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

137

Figure 74. Eucalyptus melanophitra distribution, and buds, fruits, adult leaves and silhouette of a fifth node seedling leaf (scale
bar = 1 cm).

138

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Figure 75. Holotype of E. melanophitra Brooker & Hopper.

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopiter, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

139

Figure 76. E. melanophitra showing mallet habit (SE of Ongerap).

140

Nuylsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Figure 77. Eucalyptus praetermissa distribution, and buds, fruits, adult leaves and silhouette of a fifth node seedling leaf (scale
bar = 1 cm).

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

141

St^rOfikax ■

t i4!av<», >ki1i

HOijDTYPI

ft3f{fST«eSEA??C^

y«^ina *,c T, ftMStrai*

» Ji.iJi* atfttofee:? »*•»

■* 'S * ■« m

^<„a.

Figure 78. Hololype of E. praetermissa Brooker & Hopper.

142

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Figure 79. E. praeterndssa mallet habit, and trunk and bark.

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

143

WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Beaufort Inlet, 14 Nov. 1981, M././/. Brookerl \66
(CANB),21 February 1985,M././/.Braoter8866(CANB,NSW,PERTH), 12 Jan. 1988, M././/. Brooker
9852, 9853 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); Millers Point Road, 7.7 km S of Bremer Bay Road,
34°27’S 118°53’E, 28 Sept. 1987, SI>. Hopper 6134 (PERTH); Millers Point, 4 Jan. 1962,
K.R. Newbey 144 (PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Known only from the north side of Beaufort Inlet on the south coast of W. A.
(Figure 77), where it occurs at the foot of coastal slopes on flats above the inlet. It co-dominates dense
low forests with E. platypus var. heterophylla, E. newbeyi and E. redacta Brooker & Hopper ined.
The soil is fine grey sand.

Conservation status. Vulnerable but locally abundant. Further populations may be located nearby on
future surveys. Not known on a conservation reserve.

Flowering period. January.

Etymology. The specific epithet refers to our neglecting this species for several years following our
first encounter with it in 198 1 . For some time, we considered it to be a variant of E. redunca, and only
recognised its distinctions in recent years. Also, despite its impressive stature and proximity to a well-
known recreational area, no botanists other than the late Ken Newbey and ourselves had collected the
species (Latin praetermissus, neglected).

Notes. E. praetermissa is a tall mallet that grows in dense stands with a term inal crown. In less crowded
situations, a large crown is formed (Figure 79).

Of the dull-leaved superspecies in the series, it is distinct from "'redunca" in its shorter buds and
consistently glandular pith. The somewhat cuboid seed align E. praetermissa with superspecies
"subangusta" and superspecies "xanthonema" , and distinguish it from superspccies "wandoo". Its
larger stature, attenuate buds and crisped bark distinguish it from "subangusta".

Within superspecies "xanthonema" where it seems best placed, E. praetermissa is distinguished
from E. xanthonema and E. melanophitra by its larger leaves, and from E. medialis by its mallet habit,
much larger stature and smooth bark with persistent partly decorticated fragments.

I'i.EucalyptusgardneriM-didim "Cni.KQvis. Gen. Eucalyptus"!'. 53(1924). Type: nearBendering,
Western Australia, 6 February 1922, C.A. Gardner 1239 (NSW) “ ... in gravelly loam on rising
ground, forming thicket-like growths with E. astringens" (Figures 5d, 10b, 80, 81, 82)

A mallet to 15 m with bark mostly smooth, often satiny, grey over pale salmon pink, or with dark
reddish brown partly decorticated flakes. Pith of branchlets rarely glandular. Leaves of the seedling
remaining opposite for 2-4 pairs, then alternating, deltoid to ovate, to 10 x 6 cm, slightly glossy, blue-
green or purplish, some slightly toothed around edges, glabrous. Adult leaves lanceolate, to 9 x
2.3 cm, dull, bluish to blue-grey. Inflorescences to 1 1-flowered; peduncles to 2.1 cm long. B uds long.

144

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

attenuate, to 2.6 x 0.5 cni,opercularecurvedatthetip; stamens sometimes reducedtoasinglewhorl,
outer erect, inner when present partly or completely inflexed, all fertile. Flowers pale yellow. Fruit
pedicellate, barrel-shaped, to 1.1 x 0.7 cm. Seed light grey-brown, more or less spherical.

Notes. E. gardneri (blue mallet) is typically a mallet of lateritic breakaways. The trunk of the typical
subspecies has imperfectly decorticated flakes of bark and the crown is ea.sily recognised from a
distance by the dull bluish leaves. In the past several other taxa have been included in E. gardneri.
We consider them to be the distinct species E. pluricaulis, E. densa and E. redunca which differ in
habit, habitat, crown formation and leaf characters (see notes under each species below). E. gardneri
is used for roadside planting and is a source of nectar for honey producers in winter (Smith 1969).

There are two subspecies.

23a. Eucalyptus gardneri Maiden subsp. gardneri (Figures 5d, 10b, 80, 81, 82)

Colour illustration. Brooker & Kleinig (1990: 175)

Buds narrowly fusiform, mature operculum more than 15 mm long.

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Hyden,7 Sept. 1966,M. Barrow 70 (PERTH); 13.3
km WSW of Wickepin towards Corrigin, 32® 49’S 1 17° 22’E, 4 May 1983, M.I.H. Brooker 8094
(CANB, NSW, PERTH); 2.7 km E of Wedin Nth road on Narrogin-Harrismith road, 32° 55’S
117° 43 ’E, 4 May 1983, M.I.H. Brooker 8100 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 6.1 km W of Jitarning rail
crossing towards Wickepin, 32° 46’S 1 17° 57’E, 5 May 1983, M.I.H. Brooker ^107 (CANB, NSW,
PERTH); c.9km NE of Kondinin on Trig Road, 32° 27’S 118° 17’E,8Nov. 19^3, M.I.H. Brooker
8363(CANB,NSW,PERTH);NWofHyden,32° 18’S 118° 43’E,9Aug. m4, M.I.H. BrookerS632
(CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); NW of Burngup, 33° 00’ S 118° 39 ’E, 9 Dec. 1985, M ././/. Brooker
9138 (CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 8.3 km N of Nyabing on Kukerin road, 33° 26’S 118° 08’E,
9 Dec. 1985, M././/.Braofer9143 (CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); Corner of Piessevilleroad and road
to north, 33° lO’S 117° 03’E, 9 Dec. 1985, M.I.H. Brooker 9146 (CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH);
Toorackie,S of Williams, 33° lO’S 116° 59’E, 19 Feb. 1986, M././/. Brooder 9184 (CANB, MEL,
NSW, PERTH); 5 km E of Cadoux, 2 July 1986, M.I.H. Brooker (CANB, PERTH, NSW, MEL):
26.6 miles W of Lake Grace on rd to Dumbleyung, 4 April 1968, S.G.M. Carr 683 (PERTH); 9 km
NE of Kondinin, near trig point, 32° 27’S 118° 2rE, 27 Jan. 1979, M.D. Crisp 5520 (CBG, NSW,
PERTH); 1 km NofNarrogin-Waginroad, 16 Sept. \9%A,D.Foremanll9 (CANB); Wagin, 13 June
1920, C.A. Gardner 5119 (PERTH); Lyndhurst, near Wagin, 15 June 1920, CA. Ga/T/;je/'9 (PERTH);
Rendering, 6 Feb. 1922,CA. Gardner 1230 (PERTH); Lyndhurst, Wagin, 7 Feb. 1923, C.A. Gardner
1408 (PERTH); Wagin, 7 Feb. 1923, C.A. Gardner 1908 (PERTH); 4 miles N of Wagin, nr Jaloran
Road, C.A. Gardner 1996 (PERTH); “Lyndhurst”, Wagin, 2 Sept. 1923, C.A. Gardner 1496
(PERTH); Harrismith,6March 1924, CA. Gardner 1615,2115 (PERTH); 22 milesEof Dumbleyung,
21 Feb. 1966, A.S. George 7561 & S.G.M. Carr (PERTH); 5 km SE of Kukerin turnoff, 39.9 km NE
of Dumbleyung, 33° lO’S 1 18° 05’E, 5 Aug. 1982, SD. Hopper 2456 (PERTH); Bendering Nature
Reserve, 18 km ENE of Bendering, 32° 21’30''S 118° 29’30" E, 14 June 1985, S.D. Hopper 4421
(PERTH); 3.25 miles NEofManmanning, on N side ofAvonLoc. 24909, 30° 50’S 117° 09’E,6 July

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

145

1986,5.//. Smith 657 (MEL, PERTH); 2 miles N of Dumbleyung, on the road to Kukerin, 19 March
1970, M.D. Tindale 156 &B.R. Maslin (NSW, PERTH); Dragon Rocks (Nature Reserve No. 36128),
26 Jan. 1983, K. Wallace (PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Mainly in the west central whealbelt from Brookton to Narembeen. Also
eastofCadoux in the northern wheatbelt (Figure 80). E. gardneri subsp. gardneri typically forms pure
stands of open to closed forest with very sparse understory on lateritic breakaways.

Conservation status. Locally abundant in scattered disjunct populations, some of which occur on
nature reserves.

Flowering period. March - September.

Notes. E. gardneri subsp. gardneri has longer and more slender buds than subsp. ravensthorpensis.

Hh. Eucalyptus gardneriMd.idQn subsp. ravensthorpensis Brooker & Hopper, subsp. nov. (Figure 80)

A subspecie typica alabastris validioribus et operculis parvioribus differ!.

Typus: Ravensthorpe Range, ca. 5 km E of Ravensthorpe, 800 m ENE of Highway 1 along Carlingup
Road, then 800 m NNW to revegetating gravel pit, 10 April 1991, 5.0. Elopper 7929 (holo: PERTH;
iso: CANB, MEL, NSW)

Differs from the typical subspecies in the more robust fusiform buds, and smaller mature
operculum less than 15 mm long. It also has smaller juvenile leaves.

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 5 miles E of Ravensthorpe, 6 Nov. 1969,
M.I.H. Brooker 2291 (CANB, PERTH); 4.8 km N of Ravensthorpe-Jerramungup road towards Lake
King, NW of Ravensthorpe, 33 ° 33’S 120° OO’E, 7 June 1983, A/././/.5/oo^er8171 (CANB, MEL,
NSW, PERTH); Ravensthorpe Range, 12 km E of Ravensthorpe on edge of Highway 1, 33° 36’S
120° 1 1’E, MD. Crisp 4985 (CANB, CBG 7900793, NSW, PERTH); 10 km E of Ravensthorpe,
11 Dec. \919,H. Demar2D19A\ (CANB, PERTH); Ravensthorpe Range, Jan. \92A,C. A. Gardner
1591 (PERTH); type locality, 10 April 1991, S.D. Hopper 7930 (CANB, PERTH); Ravensthorpe
Range, 10 km E of Ravensthorpe along Highway 1, then 1 km S along firebreak, 9 April 1991,
S.D. Hopper 7925 (CANB, PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Confined to the Ravensthorpe Range within 20 km of Ravensthorpe. Grows
onrocky slopes and gravelly breakaways with silver mallet (E. aK.falcata), green mallet (E. clivicola),
and E. tetragona.

Conservation status. Locally abundant in scattered disjunct populations, all of which occur on a
proposed nature reserve.

04689-11

146

NuytsiaVol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Figure 80. Distribution of Eucalyptus gardneri subsp. gardneri (•) and E. gardneri subsp. ravensthorpensis (o), and buds, fruits,
adult leaves and silhouette of a fifth node seedling leaf of E. gardneri subsp. gardneri (scale bar = 1 cm).

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myilaceae

147

Figure 81. Isosyntype of E. gardneri Maiden subsp. gardneri.

148

NuytsiaVol.8, No. 1 (1991)

Figure 82. E. gardneri subsp. gardneri showing mallet habit.

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

149

Flowering period. - ?

Etymology. The epithet is taken from the Ravensthorpe Range, to which the subspecies is confined.

Notes. E. gardneri subsp. ravensthorpen.iis\s disjunct from and has shorter and more robust buds than
the typical subspecies, as well as smallerjuvenile leaves. Its bark often appears smoother also, lacking
the small adherent pieces seen on subsp. gardneri. The shorter buds of subsp. ravensthorpensis
presumably are less derived than the longer buds of subsp. gardneri. If so, subsp. ravensthorpensis
may be a relictual taxon. Interestingly, it is confined to the same range of hills as E. desmondensis,
which appears to be a relictual taxon with no close relatives.

24. Eucalyptus densa Brooker & Hopper, sp. nov. (Figures 83, 84, 85, 86, 87)

fiMca/yptogarduen Maiden affinisaquastaturaparviore,foliisjuvenilibusadultisqueangustioribus
et cortice saepe laeviore differt.

Typus: 32.7 km along East Road towards Lake Magenta, Western Australia, 33° 29’S 118° 56’E,
14 Jan. 1985, M.I.H. Brooker 8778 (holo: PERTH; iso: CANB, MEL, NSW).

With affinity to Eucalyptus gardneriMaidsn from which it differs in the smaller stature, narrower
juvenile leaves (to 8 x 3.5 cm), narrower adult leaves (to 8 x 0.8 cm), and usually smooth bark.

Etymology. The specific epithet refers to the dense crown (Latin densus. dense).

Notes. E. densa has been refeired to for many years as the dense-crowned, narrow-leaved form of
E. gardneri, usually growing away from breakaways. It has been widely planted as a fine-leaved blue
mallet (e.g. at Kings Park). It is easily distinguished from E. pluricaulis by the narrower leaves and
dense crown. New growth is characteristically pink or purplish.

There are two subspecies.

24a. Eucalyptus densa Brooker and Hopper subsp. densa (Figures 83, 84, 85)

Colour illustration. Brooker & Kleinig (1990: 176).

A short-trunked mallet with a dense crown often to ground level.

5'pec/weu^exam//ierf.WESTERNAUSTRALIA:Laurier,nrGnowangerup,Feb. 1920, W.6. Alexander
s.n. (PERTH): Dunn Rock Nature Reserve, 30 km SW of Lake King, 33° 20’S 1 19° 30’E, 15 Apr.
1984, D.J. Backshall DJB6 (PERTH); Hopetoun plain, 8 Nov. 1952, P.U. Barrett 44 (PERTH);
Pingrup, E of Katanning, 23 Sept. 1933, W.E. Blackall 3070 (PERTH); 10.5 km E of Ravensthorpe
on EsperanceRd, 33° 35’S 120° lO’E, 13 Sept. 1978, D.F. Blaxell 1734 (NSW, PERTH); c. 80 km
E of Hyden, 13 Sept. 1978, J. Briggs 99 (CANB); 30 miles S of Lake King, 5 Sept. 1969,
M.I.H. Brooker 2287 (CANB, NSW, MAAS, PERTH); 3.4 km S of Hyden-Norseman Rd on road
6 km W of crossroads (0.2 km E of road), 32° 27’S 119° 40’E, 11 Aug. 1919, M.I.H. Brooker 6314

150

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

(CANB, NSW, PERTH); Upper Dalyup River, 12 Nov. 1981, Brookerin% (CANB, NSW,
PERTH); roadside NE of Newbey’s farm, 6 Oct 1982, M.I.H. Brooker 7680 (CANB); 19.6 km N of
Ravensthorpe-Jerramungup road towards Lake King, NW of Ravensthorpe, 33° 25’S 119° 56’E,
7 June 1983, M././/.Braofer8172(CANB, NSW, PERTH); SheoakRocktrack,EofHyden,32° 24’S
119° 27’E,9 Aug. 1984,M././/.5TOofe/-8625(CANB,MEL,NSW,PERTH); 13.8kmNofNeedilup
just S of RPF road, 30 Nov. 1984, M.I.II. Brooker 8747 (CANB, NSW, MEL, PERTH); 1 km E of
TarcoRoad,33° 14’S 119° 23’E,15Julyl987,M./.f/. eroofe/-9714,9715(AD,CANB,MEL,NSW,
PERTH); 5.6 km from MillsteedRdonLongCreekRd, S ofLakeKing, 15 July \9%1 M I II. Brooker
9717 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 43 km N of Needilup, 33° 33’S 1 19° 17’E, 16 July 1987,

M. /.//..Brooker9725(AD,CANB,MEL,NSW,PERTH);24milesNofKojonup,12Decemberl951,

N. T. Burbidge 3674 (CANB); c. 61 km E of Hyden, 13 Aug. 1965, CA. Gardner 16114 (PERTH);
Forrestania comer, 4 km S then 1 km E from Norscman-Hyden track, 32° 27’S 119° 4rE, 7 Nov.
1983, K. Hill 638 &L. Johnson, D. Blaxell, I. Brooker, S. Hopper (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 37 km
NNE of Holt Rock, 73 km E of Hyden, 32° 26’S 119° 39’E, 16 Aug. 1978, SJJ. Hopper 1062
(PERTH); 2km SWofMiddlelroncap, 32km ENEofHoltRock, 32° 35’S 119° 44’E,17Aug. 1978,
SH. Hopper 1093 (PERTH); 9 km WNW of Ongerup, 6 km ENE of Ongerup Rock, 33° 54’S
118° 27’E,31 July 1982, SH. Hopper 2410 (PERTH); 8 km NNW ofBandalupHill.Nboundaryof
West Point Farm, 33° 24’S 120° 22’E, 4 Aug. 1982, S.D. Hopper 2439 (PERTH); 25 km NE of
Bandalup Hill, 33° 29’S 120° 33’E, 4 Aug. 1982, S.D. Hopper 2442, 2443 (PERTH); 23 km W of
Lake King settlement, 30.5 km E of Newdegate, 33° 06’S 119° 27’E,5 Aug. 19S2, S.D. Hopper 2454
(PERTH); 4.2 km E of Lake King general store, 9 km WS W of Burkett Rocks, 33° 05’S 1 19° 45’E,
5 Sept. 1982, SH. Hopper 2492 (PERTH); S of Jilbadgi Nature Reserve, where the road turns due N,
34° 13’S 119° 50’E,2Sept. 1986,SD.//opper 5403 (PERTH); Frank Hann National Park: 17.7km
E of Rabbit Proof Fence on Lake King - Norseman road (at major bend NE), 33° OO’S 120° 15’E,
27 Sept. 1988, SH. Hopper 6853 (PERTH); Frank Hann National Park: 27 km S W of Ninety Mile
Tank on Lake King - Norseman road, 32° 5rS 120° 28’E, 27 Sept. 1988, S.D. Hopper 6854
(PERTH); W end of Lake Hope; 2.3 km SE of Hatters Hill - Lake Hope track along track to Ninety
MileTank,32° 32’30"S 120° 19’E,28Sept. 1988,SX>. //opper6860 (PERTH); WendofLakeHope;
11.4 km SW of Ninety Mile Tank track along Hatters Hill - Lake Hope track, 32° 36’00"S
120° 12’30"E,28Sept. 1988,S.D.//opper 6865 (PERTH); 15 km NEofHatters Hill along Lake Hope
track, 32° 43’30"S 120° 05’00"E, 28 Sept. 1988, S.D. Hopper 6867 (PERTH); 4 km NE of Hatters
Hill along Lake Hope track, 32° 48’ S 120° 00’30"E, 28 Sept. 1988, SD. Hopper 6K1 4 (PERTH); 20
kmESEofMtGibbs,FrankHannNationalPark.c.40kmENEofLakeKing, 1 1 Aug. \919,K.Newbey
5504 (PERTH); 15kmEofDunnSwamp,c.90km ENE of Ravensthorpe, 15 Nov. \9m,K.Newbey
8135 (PERTH); Ravensthorpe, 26 June 1924, Ralph & Stanford (PERTH); 6 miles N of Ongerup, May
1969, B. Rockel A23 (PERTH); 15 miles N of Ravensthorpe, May 1969, B.A. Rockel A52 (CANB);
SW ofgateinRabbitProofFence,EofLakeKing,7 Aug. 1968, RA. Saffrey 336 (CANB, E,L, NSW,
PERTH).

Histribution and habitat. Southern wheatbelt from Ongerup east to the Ravensthorpe area and north-
east to the Hyden - Lake Hope district (Figure 83) . Forms pure stands in closed or open low forest with
sparse understorey, usually on heavy soils in broad valley floors. Occasionally it is found on higher
ground in gently undulating terrain.

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

151

Figure 83. Eucalyptus densa subsp. densa distribution, and buds, fruits, adult leaves and silhouette of a fifth node seedling leaf
(scale bar = 1 cm).

152

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

ftirsifsStSSi' * 3SSjg$<*?

!«.OT¥9l

WiSTfRN AUSTflAiJAN HeRSA«iy?»

csmo ofvisioN C!f

•/«(,Tnwmi,v 1

Figure 84. Holotype of E. densa Brooker & Hopper subsp. densa.

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

153

Figure 85. E. densa subsp. densa mallet habit, and tmnk and bark.

154

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Conservation status. Locally abundant in scattered disjunct populations, some on nature reserves and
many on undisturbed vacant Crown land east of the Rabbit Proof Fence.

Flowering period. Newbey & Newbey (1987) recorded peak flowering at Ongerup between May and
August.

Notes. This subspecies is frequently seen in the southern wheatbelt as a dense-crowned mallet
occupying either low-lying sites or higher ground. With its compact stature, blue leaves and yellow
flowers it has considerable horticultural merit.

Newbey & Newbey (1987) noted that numbers of Yellow- throated Miners and Red Wattlebirds
rose sharply and peaked during the flowering of E. densa subsp. densa (referred to as E. gardneri by
these authors) in 1978 near Ongerup. The subspecies appears to be an important nectar resource for
birds elsewhere as well (Hopper, unpubl.).

24b. Eucalyptus densa Brooker & Hopper subsp. improcera Brooker & Hopper, subsp. nov.
(Figures 86, 87)

A subspecie typica statura inferiore, habitu fruticoso differt.

Typus: 7.2 km W along Aerodrome Road from Lake King - Ravensthorpe road. Western Australia,
19 May 1987, M.I.H. Brooker 9646 & P. Grayling (holo: PERTH; iso: CANB, NSW, MEL, AD).

Colour illustration. Brooker & Kleinig (1990: 177).

Mallee to 3 m tall with slender stems and grey over coppery smooth bark. Pith of branchlets usually
without glands. Adult leaves to 9 x 0.8 cm, dull, bluish green. Buds to 2 x 0.4 cm. Flowers yellow.
Fruit barrel-shaped to truncate-pyriform, to 1 x 0.8 cm.

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Hopetoun Plains, 8 Nov. 1952, P.H. Barrett 15, 16
(PERTH): Ravensthorpe Range, May 1979, E.M. Bennett (PERTH); 15.1 km from East Mt Barren
car park on Hamersley Drive, 33° 55’S 119° 55’E, 10 April 1983, M.I.H. Brooker 8080 (CANB,
NSW, PERTH); 20.1 km S of Jerramungup on Albany Road, 34° 09’S 118° 56’E, 10 April 1983,
M.I.H.BrookerS0M (CANB, NSW,PERTH); Between Beaufortinlet and Jerramungup, 3 June 1983,
M.I.H. Brooker S15S (CANB, NSW, PERTH); type locality, 19 May 1987, M.I.H. Brooker 9645 &
P. Grayling (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW,PERTH); 11.8 km W of Ravensthorpe - Lake King road on
Aerodrome Road, 16 July 1987, M.I.H. Brooker 9722 & SD. Hopper (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW,
PERTH); c. 12 km N of Gairdner turn-off on highway, 34° OS’S 118°57’E, 12 Jan. 1988,
M.I.H Brooker 9851 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 29 km NNE of Coujinup Hill, 33° 05’S
120° 30’E, 12 May 1983, M.A. Burgman 1335 & S. McNee (PERTH); 1.4 miles from Jerramungup
towards Albany, 1 Nov. 1968, E.M. Canning 6945 (CBG, PERTH); between Ravensthorpe &
Ongerup,3 April 1968, S.G.AJ. Carr670(PERTH);nearNoTreeHill,SofRavenslhorpe,3Dec. 1960,
A.S. George 1979 (PERTH); 8 miles S of Ravensthorpe, 14 March 1957,/. IT. Green 1218 (PERTH);
12.5 km W of Ravensthorpe, 31 Oct. 1975, J.W. Green 4608 (PERTH); 2.5 km S of Ravensthorpe
(Hwy 1) along MoirRoad, 30 Sept. 1987,iS'.D.//op/;cr6159(PERTH);c. 14kmSW ofRavensthorpe,

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

155

1.7 km W of MoirRoad along track to Phillips River, 30 Sept. 1987, SJ). Hopper 6160 (PERTH);
Ravensthorpe Range, ca. 8 km NE of Ravensthorpe, 10 April 1991, S. D. Hopper 7931 (CANS,
PERTH); Gairdner River, 2 March 1961 & 2 April 1961, K. Newbey s.n. (PERTH); Ravensthorpe,
26 June 1924, Ralph & Stamford (PERTH); 11 km SE of Ravensthorpe next to copper mine,
13 Aug. 1968,/? A. Saffrey 499 (CANB, PERTH); near Esperance, 1945, D.L. Serventy (PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Common in the southern wheatbelt from south of Jerramungup to the
Ravensthorpe district (Figure 86). Occurs in low mallee or shrubland on impoverished shallow grey-
white sand over clay. Occasionally it is found in tall mallee as an understorey species on pegmatite
hills.

Conservation status. Common in scattered populations, some of which occur on conservation
reserves.

Flowering period. May to July.

Etymology. From the Latin, improcerus, short, undersized, alluding to its stature compared to the
nominate subspecies.

Notes. Distinguished from subsp. densa by its mallee habit and lower stature. It has been overlooked
for many years.

25. Eucalyptus pluricaulis Brooker & Hopper, sp. nov. (Figures 4, 88, 89, 90)

Frutex “mallee” ad 3 m altus cortice laevi. Folia juvenilia binata ad 3-5 nodos turn alternantia,
petiolata, ovata, ad 8 x 4 cm interdum porphyrea. Folia adulta petiolata, alternantia, lanceolata, ad
10 X 1.8 cm, glauca, hebeta. Inflorescentiae ad 11-florae. Alabastra pedicellata, fusiformia, ad
2.5 X 0.4 cm, operculis reduncis. Fructus pellicellati doliiformes, ad 1 x 0.6 cm. Semina plus
minusve sphaerica.

Typus-. depression W of intersection of Mudge Rd and Coorow-Greenhead Rd, Western Australia,
21 May 1982, M.I.H. Brooker 7522 (holo: PERTH; iso: CANB, NSW).

A mallee to 5 m tall with grey or grey-brown over coppery to pinkish grey smooth bark. Pith of
branchlets usually without glands. Leaves of the seedling remaining opposite for 3-5 pairs, then
alternating, ovate, to 8 x 4 cm, glabrous. Adultleavespetiolate,altemating, lanceolate, to 10 x 1.8 cm,
dull, blue-green. Inflorescences to 1 1-flowered; peduncles to 1 .2 cm long. Budspedicellate, fusiform,
to 2.5 X 0.4 cm, recurved at tip. Flowers yellow. Fruit pedicellate, barrel-shaped, to 1 x 0.6 cm.
Seed light grey-brown, more or less spherical.

Etymology. The specific epithet refers to the mallee habit (Latin pluri, many, and caulis, stem), in
contrast to the related tree E. gardneri.

156

NuytsiaVol.8, No. 1 (1991)

Figure 86. E. densa subsp. improcera distribution, and buds, fruits, adult leaves and silhouette ofa fifth node seedling leaf (scale
bar = 1cm).

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

157

Figure 87. Holotype of E. densa Brooker & Hopper subsp. improcera Brooker & Hopper.

158

Nuylsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Figure 88. Distribution of E. pluricaulis subsp. pluricaiilis (•) and subsp. porphyrea (o), and buds, fiuits, adult leaves and fifth
node seedling leaf of E. pluricaulis subsp. pluricaulis (scale bar = 1 cm).

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myitaceae

159

Figure 89. Holotype of E. pluricaulis Brooker & Hopper subsp. pluricaulis.

160

Nuylsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Notes. E. pluricauUs has been referred to as a mallee form of E. gardneri for many years (e.g. Elliott
and Jones 1986). It differs from E. gardneri in the mallee habit and smooth bark, retaining these
features when growing on lateritic breakaways within the geographical range of E. gardneri.
E. pluricaulis resembles E. redunca in habit but is clearly distinguished by the blue-green leaves and,
to a lesser extent, the longer more attenuate buds. It differs from E. varia in its smaller stature, its
less dense canopy, its larger juvenile and adult leaves and its purplish new growth.

There are two subspecies.

25a. Eucalyptus pluricaulis Brooker & Hopper subsp. pluricaulis (Figures 88, 89)

Colour illustration. Brooker & Kleinig (1990: 178).

An erect mallee with blue-green adult leaves, and with inflorescences up to 11-flowered.

Specimens examine^?. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 41 milesEofBrookton,22 July 1969, MJ.H. Brooker
1868 (PERTH); 9 miles S of Wickepin, 3 Nov. 1969, MJ.H. Brooker 2254 (CANB, NSW, PERTH);
16 miles E of Quairading towards Corrigin, 12 July 1970, MJ.H. Brooker 2637 (CANB, K, MEL,
NSW, PERTH); road from The Humps to Mt Walker, 32° 14’S 118°57’E, 31 Dec. 1979,
MJ.H. Brooker 6745 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); Williams’ farm (Hi Vallee) Tootbardi rd, N of
Badgingarra, 30° 08’S 115° 22’E, 19 Aug. 1982, MJ.H. Brooker 7565 (CANB, NSW, PERTH);
Tootbardi Rd, N of Badgingarra, 19 Aug. 1982, MJ.H. Brooker 7572 (CANB, NSW, PERTH);
Wongan Hills, c. 100 m S of radio tower, 30° 52’S 116° 38’E, 26 Aug. 1982, MJ.H. Brooker 1599
(CANB, NSW, PERTH); c. 4 km N of Mt Michaud on EW track, 30° 07’S 1 15° 12’E, 1 March 1983,
MJ.H. Brooker 7989 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); Hill SE of Mt Benia, 30° 15’S 1 15° 15’E, 3 March
1983, M,/./7. Brooker 8011 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 15.3 km S of Wickepin towards Taarblin Lake,
32° 53’S 1 17° 34’E, 4 May 1983, MJ.H. Brooker 8097 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); c. 10 km ESE of
Wickepin, 32° 40’S 117° 35’E,5May 19^5, MJ.H. Brooker U03 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 4.2 km
NofTJunctiomSEofMt Adams, 29° 27’S 115° 19’E. 27 May 1983, M././/.£raoA'er 8140 (CANB,
NSW, PERTH); Newman Block, Chomley road, 19 June 1986, MJ.H. Brooker 9358 (CANB, NSW,
PERTH); Newman Block, Chomley road, NW of Wagin, 33°09’S 117° lO’E, 19 June 1986,
MJ.H. Brooi(er9361(CANB,PERTH,NSW,MEL);DryandraStateForest,DryandraBlock,27June
1986, MJ.H. Brooker 9367 (CANB, PERTH, NSW, MEL); Gura Road, Dryandra State Forest,
27 June 1986, MJ.H. Brooker 9372 (CANB, PERTH, NSW, MEL); E of Badgingarra, 30° 34’S,
115° 38’E, 21 July 1986, MJ.H. Brooker 9393 (CANB, PERTH, NSW, MEL); North Bungulla
Nature Reserve, 23 July 1987, MJ.H. Brooker 9730 (CANB, PERTH, NSW, MEL); c. 16 km E of
YerramullaRoad,30° 17'S, 115° 27’E, 14 Aug. mi, MJ.H. Brooker 913?, (CANB, PERTH, NSW,
MEL); Yandan Hill, 30° 45’S 115° 36’E, 18 Aug. 1987, MJ.H. Brooker 9139 (CANB, PERTH,
NSW, MEL); 29 km NNEofCoujinupHill,33° 05’S 120° 30’E, 12 May m3,M.A.Burgman 1335
& S. McNee (PERTH); Coorow, 21 May 1961, R.S. Coleman (PERTH); Mudge Road, 2-3 km N of

Coorow-GreenHeadRd,30°01’S 115° 44’E,6Scpt.l984,D.fi. Foreman 573 (AD,CBG,HO,MEL,

NSW, PERTH); Goomalling, 17 Aug. 1920, CA. Gardner 130 (PERTH); Dumbleyung, 12 Nov.
1931, Gardner & Blackall 1340 (PERTH); SE slopes of Mt Lesueur, near the summit, 25 Aug. 1948,
CA. Gardner 9088 (PERTH); 4 km NW of Wongan Hills (near railway line), 30 Aug. 1976,
A.M. George 93 (PERTH); NWofBadgingarra, 13 Aug. 1965, A.S. George 6765 (PERTH); Northam,
Oct.l900,/.//.Gregory(PERTH);SEslopeofMtLesueur,NEofJurien,30° ll’S 115° 12’E,17 July

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

161

1979, EA. Griffin 1926 (CANB,PERTH);nearMtLesueurReserve, NofMtLesueur,7 Aug. 1985,
EA. Griffin 4156 (PERTH); on lateritic mesa E of Coomallo Creek, near jctn Brand Hwy & Jurien
Road, 11 Aug. 1977, RJ. Hnatiuk 770781 (PERTH); c. 2 km SW of Piawaning, 12 June 1980,
S.D. Hopper 1225, 1226 (CANB); c. 9.5 km SS W of New Norcia, 3 1° 03’S 1 16M 1’ E, 10 Dec. 1986,

//opper 5841 (PERTH);Hi- Valley farm (D&JWilliams),c. 10 km NE Coomallo Creek, 26 Aug.

1980, GJ. Keighery 3191 (PERTH); Translator Tower hill, Wongan Hills, 30 June \9%'i,K.F. Kenneally
8799 (CANB); W from Wongan Hills, 1 Oct. 1903, A. Morrison (PERTH); Tarin Rock Reserve, c.
28 km W of Lake Grace, 14 Sept. 1975, B.G. Muir 5(2.6) (PERTH); Rendering Reserve, A20338,
23 km NNE Kondinin, 29 May 1975, B.G. Muir 144(2.9) (PERTH), and 18 Aug. 1975, B.G. Muir
146(2.1) (PERTH); Reserve 15855, 11 km SE of Highbury, 3 Aug. 1979, B.G. Muir 811 (PERTH);
25 km SW of Southern Cross, 10 Sept. 1979, K. Newbey 5845 (PERTH); 1 mile W of Kulin, on road
to Wickepin, 15 Sept. 1971, S. Paust 892 (PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Widespread from west of Three Springs and near Mt Peron in the north to
east of Southern Cross and Ravensthorpc (Figure 88). Grows in scattered populations in tall mallee
with species such as E. falcata and E. arachnaea subsp. arachnaea. Often favours slopes near
breakaways.

Conservation status. Widespread in small disjunct populations, some of which are on nature reserves.

Flowering period. May-August.

Notes. A widespread mallee differing from the more localised subsp. porphyrea in its taller stature,
more upright stems, and blue-green canopy. Differs from E. varia in its smaller maximum stature,
less dense canopy, wider adult leaves and blue-green to purple new growth.

25b. Eucalyptus pluricaulis subsp. porphyrea Brooker & Hopper, subsp. nov. (Figures 4, 88, 90)

A subspecie typica habitu inferiore effuse, foliis adultis porphyreis, alabastris multioribus differt.

Typus: 57.8 km south of Jerramungup on Albany road. Western Australia, 10 April 1983, M././/. Brooker
8082 (holo: PERTH; iso: CANB, NSW).

Colour illustration. Brooker & Kleinig (1990: 179).

It differs from the typical subspecies in the lower stature, straggly habit, abundance of purplish
leaves in the adult crown, and more buds per inflorescence (11-15).

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 4 miles N of crossroads, N of Mt Bland, Fitzgerald
Reserve, 3 Aug. 1970, M.I.H. Brooker 2711 (PERTH); 15.1 miles S of Fitzgerald crossing towards
Fitzgerald Reserve, 5 April 1974, M.I.H. Brooker 4436 (CANB, PERTH); 4 km S of Borden on road
to Stirling Range, 6 Oct. 1982, M. I. H. Brooker 767 6 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 4.7 km W of Norman
Road on Ongerup Road, 6 Oct. 1982, M.I.H. Brooker 7 6%7 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); Sounness block,
S of Amelup,N of Stirling Range, 7 Oct. 19S2, MJ.H. Brooker 7699 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 57.8 km

04689-12

162

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

S of Jerramungup on Albany road, 34° 19’S 1 18° 46 ’E, 10 April l9S3,M.I.lI.BrookerS0S3 (CANB,
NSW, PERTH); 1.2 kmSalongHillsRoad from TarinRockRoad, 33° 06’S 118° lO’E, 16Dec. 1987,
M.I.H. Brooker 9835 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); Corackerup Reserve, 1 Feb 1977, T. Evans
(CANB, K, MEL, PERTH); 12 miles W of Ongerup, 13 March 1957, J.W. Green 1174 (CANB,
PERTH); 6 km NNW of Bluff Knoll; N boundary (Stirling Range National Park), 4.8 km E of Chester
PassRd,’34° 20’S 118° 15’E,24 March 1982 , SX>.//oppe/- 2140 (PERTH); 9.8 km SW of Boxwood
Hill,3.8kmNWofToompup-BremerBayRd,34° 13’S 118° 43 ’E, 30 July 1982,S.D. Hopper2395
(PERTH);2km SW of Tarin Rock, Tarin Rock Nature Reserve, 33° 02’S 118° 12’E,5 Aug. 1982,
SE>. Hopper 2455 (PERTH); 5.5 km SW of Ward Hill, 21 km E of Wagin on rd to Dumbleyung,
33° 17’S 117° 35’E,5Sept. 19^2, SD. Hopper 24^9 (PERTH); 5 km N of Mongining Hill, 6.5 km
S of Coomelberrup Rock, 33° 3rS 117° 48’E, 11 Sept. 1982, S.D. Hopper 2565 (PERTH); 8.8 km
WofWoodanilling,3.8kmEofAlbanyHwyonWoodanillingRd,33° 33 ’S 117° 08’E,24July 1984,
SD. Hopper 3829 (PERTH); Gnowellen Rd, 6 km N Ellen Peak, nr Amelup to Cape Riche, 11 May
1982, G.J. Keighery 4S3S (CANB,PERTH);Gnowangerup, north east, 27 Feb. 1975, 0.W. Loneragan
L234 (PERTH); 11 m E of Broomehill, 13 Jan. 1954. R.D. Royce 4791 (PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Tarin Rock south to Stirling Range and Fitzgerald National Park (Figure 88).
Grows in low to tall mallee on high ground on fine-textured gravelly loams.

Conservation status. Widespread in small disjunct populations, a few of which occur on nature
reserves.

Flowering period. March-June.

Etymology. The subspecific epithet refers to the predominant colour of the crown (Latin porphyreus,
purple).

Notes. This subspecies has potential as an ornamental with its purple leaves and yellow flowers. It

is illustrated in Elliott and Jones (1986, p. 100) under the name E. garr/nen. North-western populations

near Woodanilling and Tarin Rock {q.%. Brooker 9835 , Hopper 2455 , 3829) are m ore upright and may
be intergrades with the typical subspecies, but are still striking in their purple-coloured new growth.

26. Eucalyptus varia Brooker & Hopper, sp. nov. (Figure 91, 92, 93)

Frutex “mallee” habitu vario, foliis juvenilibus et adultis immaturis glaucis vel flavo-viridibus,
non porphyreis non cinereis. Alabastra pedicellata, fusiformia, ad 2.5 x 0.4 cm, operculis attenuatis,
reduncis. Fructus pedicellati, doliiformes, ad 1 x 0.6 cm. Semina plus minusve sphaerica.

Typus:90 kmEofEsperanceP.O.,Western Australia, 33° 45’S 122° 47’E,7Feb 19S9, M.I.H. Brooker
10168, S.D. Hopper & D. Vincent (holo : PERTH; iso : AD, CANB, MEL, NSW).

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

163

'JiivfeSS

HOLOtVPg

S> 5i

i s , y . i

CSISO CM= FO«EST ReS€A«CH

''(TfMvv'WA t r «»«.«»»

&wmm» s«rdft«fri

Ma,». ar<m«,«r 4i.m a, a^cu v:,^i

fllroojser

® JS '8 ue * Sft ^

SsR*- ■»-A. &’* ^ • . ■ . ..

OB r<xs^, ”'*

3 » tdiJ mtfc

aSftass; with S. gr, ^

Figure 90. Holotype of E. pluricaulis Brooker & Hopper subsp. porphyrea Brooker & Hopper.

164

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

A mallee of variable habit, low and effuse or erect to 7 m tall, with rough or smooth bark. Leaves
of the seedling remaining opposite for 3-5 pairs, then alternating, ovate, to 8 x 4 cm, glabrous, blue-
green or yellow-green. Pith of branchlets usually without glands. Adult leaves pctiolate, alternating,
lanceolate, to 8 x 1.3 cm, dull, light bluish green, in the first 1-2 years, older leaves inside crown and
rarely seen, glossy, green. Inflorescences to 11 -flowered; peduncles to 1.2 cm long. Buds pedicellate,
fusiform, to 2.5 x 0.4 cm, attenuate, recurved at tip. Flowers not seen. Fruit pedicellate, barrel-
shaped, to 1 X 0.6 cm. Seed light grey-brown, more or less spherical.

Etymology. From the Latin varius, varying, referring to the variable stature, bark, adult leaf width
and habitat.

Notes. E. varia resembles E. pluricaulis but it differs particularly in the leaf colour and width. The
new growth is blue-green or yellow green, never purplish, while the adult leaves are light bluish green
and never grey. The adult and juvenile leaves are generally narrower and thinner than those of
E. pluricaulis. E. varia is perhaps more closely related to E. redunca. which has similar colouration
on the new growth, but E. redunca differs in its broader greener adult leaves, lower stature and
consistently smooth bark.

There are two subspecies.

26a. Eucalyptus varia Brooker & Hopper subsp. varia

A mallee with smooth bark, varying in habit from a dwarf plant 1 m tall to an erect mallee 7 m
tall, not growing in saline situations (Figures 91, 92).

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 17.4 miles N of Esperance, 18 Sept. 1971,
K.M. Allan 763 (AD, CANB, PERTH); 16.3 miles S of Scadden, 14 Nov. Baker 11 (CANB);
c. 15 km E of Esperance on road to Cape le Grand, 33° 47’S 122° OO’E, 22 June 1978, D.F. Blaxell
1678 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 18 km EDalyup,33° 48’S 121°44’E,28Dec. 1919. M. I. H. Brooker
6699 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 1 km S of Fisheries Road on Tyirel’s Road, 33° 43’S 122° 09’E,
9 April 1983, MJ.H. Brooker 8066 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 19.4 km N of Fisheries Road on
Dempster Road, 33° 36’S 122° OO’E, 9 April 1983, MJ.H. Brooker 8067 (CANB, NSW, PERTH);
comer Dalyup North and Speddingup West Roads, 7 Feb. 1989,M./.// Brooker 10166 (AD, CANB,
NSW, MEL, PERTH); 45.1 miles E of Esperance, 25 March 1968, G.M. Chippendale 408 (CANB,
PERTH); Buyi Billanak Homestead, c. 12 km SE of Condingup Peak, 19 Sept. 1968, NN. Donner
2665 (AD, PERTH); headwaters of Thomas River, c. 8 km SW of Boyatup Hill, 5 Oct. 1968,
N.N. Donner 2911 (AD, CANB, PERTH); Loc. 900 in gully leading to Yerritup creek, 26 sept. 1968,
Hj. Eichler 19989 (CANB); 10 miles N of Esperance, 20 Oct. 1931, Gardner & Blackall 1093
(PERTH); 67 miles E of Esperance, 11 Dec. 1960, A.S. GeorgellSl (PERTH); 82 km E of Esperance
on Merrivale Road, between Alexander Road and Daniels Road, 21 Nov. 1986, J.W. Green 5170
(PERTH); Maidavale Road, 33° 48’S 122° 20’E. 19 Sept. 1976, R J. Hnatiukl6l004 (PERTH);
Escarpment of tributary of Thomas River, 9.5 km SSW of Boyatup Hill. 3 km NNW of Belinup Hill,
33° 49’S 123° 02’E, 9 Sept. 1982, SD. Hopper 255 1 (PERTH); 4 km ENE of Mt Hawes, 15 km S W
of Condingup Peak, 33° 49’S 122° 25’E,9Sept. 1982,SD.//opper2552 (PERTH); 2 km from mouth
ofThomasRiver(CapeAridNationalPark), 12 Oct. 1985, G././fe/g/ie/y 7833 (PERTH); near Howick
Hill, 3 km E of woolsheds of Mt Howick Station, Location 259, 18 Sept. 1968, A.E. Orchard 1066

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

165

(AD, PERTH); 554 m.p.Norseman-EsperanceRd, 17 Sept. l962,F.G.Smith 1572 (PERTH); Glenelg
Hills, Nov. 1929, H. Steedman (PERTH); 20 km E of Scadden on Styles Rd, 2 July 1984, P. van der
Moezel 384 (PERTH); 67 km E of Esperance near Mungliginup Creek, 30 Sept. 1968, P.G. Wilson
8076 (PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. North-west of Esperance (Daly up area) east to the Thomas River (Fig ure 9 1)
on sandplain or lateritic slopes in mallee and heath.

Conservation status. Widespread in disjunct populations, a few of which occur on nature reserves.
Flowering period. Unknown.

Notes. E. varia subsp. varia is the easternmost taxon of the£. superspecies “reduncd". It differs from
E. varia subsp. salsuginosa in its smooth bark and preference for non saline habitats.

26b. Eucalyptus varia subsp. salsuginosa Brooker & Hopper, subsp. nov. (Figures 91, 93)

A subspecie typica habitu effuso et constanter demisso, cortice aspero, et habitatione salina differ!.

Typus'.A km W of highway on SpeddingupWestRoad, Western Australia, 33° 29’S 124° 42’E,9Feb.
1989, M.I.H. Brooker 10167, SD. Hopper & D. Vincent (holo : PERTH; iso : AD, CANB, MEL,
NSW).

It differs from the typical subspecies in the straggly habit, constantly lower maximum stature (to
4 m), rough bark, and saline habitat.

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA; E of Dalyup, 28 Dec. 1979, M.I.H. Brooker 6699
(CANB); 3.9 km W of highway on Speddingup West Road, 33° Ol’S 121° 42’E, 17 January 1985,
M. I. H. Brooker 8795 (CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 4.4 km E of junction of Robins and Speddingup
West Roads, 33° 31’S 121° 3rE,7Feb. \9%9 ,M J H .Brooker \0\65,S D. Hopper 8 lD. Vincent{AD,
CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Known only from a few localities north and north-west of Esperance,
particularly on tributaries of the Dalyup River (Figure 91). Grows along salt drainage lines or on
seasonally wet flats.

Conservation status. Poorly known, requiring further survey. The saline habitat occupied by E. varia
subsp. salsuginosa is rarely cleared for agriculture.

Flowering period. Unknown.

166

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Figure 91. Distribution of Eucalyptus varia subsp. varia (•) and subsp. salsuginosa (o) and buds, fiuits, adult leaves and
silhouette of a fifth node seedling leaf of E. varia subsp. salsuginosa (scale bar = 1 cm).

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

167

Figure 92. Isotype of E. varia Brooker & Hopper subsp. varia Brooker & Hopper.

168

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Figure 93. Isotype of E. varia Brooker & Hopper subsp. salsiiginosa Brooker & Hopper.

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

169

Etymology. From the Latin, sahuginosus, in brackish places, alluding to the saline habitat occupied
by the species.

Notes. The thick rough basal bark and saline habitat distinguish E. varia subsp. salsuginosa from all
other taxa of E. superspecies “redunca".

21 . Eucalyptus redunca SchauerinLehm.Pl.Preiss. 1: 127 (1844). Lectotype (here designated): “in
gravelly sterile sand on the hill Konkoberup, near Cape Riche”, Western Australia, Preiss 232 (lecto:
MEL). (Figures 12a, 94, 95, 97)

Colour illustration. Brooker & Kleinig (1990: 174).

A mallee to 3 m tall with smooth, light grey to grey-brown over pinkish grey or pale orange bark.
Pith of branchlets rarely glandular. Leaves of the seedling remaining opposite for 2-4 pairs, then
alternating, broadly lanceolate to ovate, to 5 x 3 cm, dull, blue-green, glabrous. Adult leaves
lanceolate, to 9 x 2 cm, in the first 1-2 years dull, green, older leaves inside crown and rarely seen,
glossy, green. Inflorescences to 15-flowered; peduncles to 2 cm long. Buds pedicellate, fusiform, to
2.8 X 0.4 cm; operculum long, horn-shaped, attenuate, often recurved at the tip. Flowers pale yellow.
Fruit pedicellate, barrel-shaped, to 1.1 x 0.8 cm. Seed light brown, more or less spherical.

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: In Fitzgerald River Flat, 8 Sept. 1970, T.E.H. Aplin
3614 (PERTH): Fitzgerald Inlet, Fitzgerald Reserve, 3 August 1970, M.I.H. Brooker 2699 (CANB,
PERTH); N slope ofWoolburnup, 6 April \91A,M.I.H.BrookerAAA9 (CANB); 13.3 km S ofEldverton
tum-offonHopetounroad,33‘’ 45’S 120° 12’E, 10 April 1983, M././7.Brao7'e/-8079(CANB, NSW,
PERTH); track to Hamersley River, Fitzgerald National Park, 33° 53’S 119° 53’E, 4 Sept. 1984,
M.I.H. Brooker 8658 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); Konkoberup Hill (Mt Melville), 29 Nov. 1984,

M. I.H. Brooker 8743 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 12.2 km E of Telegraph track on Hamersley Drive,
Fitzgerald National Park, 33° 54’S 119° 53’E, 18 Dec. 1984, M.!.tl. Brooker 8762 (CANB, NSW,
PERTH); 12.2 km Eof Telegraph track on Hamersley Drive, Fitzgerald River National Park, 18 Dec.
1984, M.I.H. Brooker 8792 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); hill 50 m W of Pt Anne campsite,
34° lO’S 119°34’E, 12 Jan. 1988, M.I.H. Brooker 9860 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH);
Ravensthorpe Range, 12 km E of Ravensthorpe, edge of Highway 1, 33° 36’S 120° ll’E, 10 Jan.
1979, M.D. Crap 4985 (CBG, CANB, NSW, PERTH); Cape Riche, 34° 36’S 1 18° 47’E, May 1983,

N. J. Davidson s.n. (HO,PERTH); 10 km Eof Ravensthorpe, 1 1 Dec. l919.H.Demarz D7941 (CANB,
PERTH); Hamersley R., S. of Ravensthorpe, 1 Dec. 1960, A.S. George 1880 (PERTH); Eldverton,
SEofRavensthorpe,22Feb. 1966,A.5'. GeorgelSS'i &S.G.M. Cfl/7 (PERTH);Woflower Fitzgerald
R., Fitzgerald River Reserve, 34° 05 ’ S 1 1 9° 30’E, 1 2 July 1970, A .S. George 9956 (PERTH); Pt Ann,
Reserve 24048, 34° lO’S 119° 34’E, 15 July 1970, A.S. George 10042 (PERTH); near Cape Riche,
March 1854, W.H. Harvey s.n. (PERTH); 3.6 km N of Cape Riche, 17kmSEofWellstead,34° 36’S
118° 46’E, 30 July mi.S.D. Hopper 2399 (PERTH); 12.5 km WS W of Annie Peak, 31.1 km S down
Hamersley Drive, 33° 5 1 ’S 1 19° 55’E, 1 Aug. 1982, S.D. Hopper 2414 (PERTH); Bremer Bay area,
Aug. 1971, A. Kessell 912 (PERTH); Between Hamersley River and East Mt Barren, 30 Sept. 1970,
B.R. Maslin 827 (ANU, PERTH); Swamp Rd, 1.0 km N of Bremer Bay Road, 34° 23 ’S 119° 23’E,
17 Nov. 1985, A.N. Rodd 5009 (NSW, PERTH); Old telegraph line NNW of Mid Mount Biuren,
Fitzgerald Reserve, 6 Oct. 1970, R.A. Sajfrey 1424 (PERTH).

170

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Figure 94. Eucalyptus redunca distribution, and buds, fruits, adult leaves and silhouette of a fifth node seedling leaf (scale
bar = 1 cm).

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

171

Figure 95. Lectotype of E. redunca Schau.

172

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

. ,< ■

./» '**Jt .

r . a„M £/

^ ^ y//'

Y h'- .^ . /

2

/at A *4^ ,..^£-
srf'i-v.? ■y^.'^44 i- YZ -' '^■y'i f

yy '' ^?-‘A „

1 ;

y'

Figure 96. Syntypes of E. reditnca Schau. (syn. E. wandoo).

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

173

Figure 97. E. rediinca stunted coastal mallee habit (East Mt Barren), and taller inland mallec habit (Ravensthorpe Range).

174

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Distribution and habitat. Coastal areas from Cape Riche east to Fitzgerald River National Park and
the Ravensthorpe Range (Figure 94). Usually in low or tall mallee communities on plains and
undulating terrain in sand. On windswept coastal slopes it is reduced to an almost prostrate shrub in
dense low heath. At the type locality it occurs on the lower slopes of a lateritic rise and on nearby
surrounding plain with E. goniantha, E. redacta, E. tetragona, E. angulosa and Banksia media. In the
Ravensthorpe Range it is an upright mallee occurring with E. uncinata, E. aff. occidentalis,
E. conglobata, E. eremophila and E. desmondensis.

Conservation status. Occurs in small disjunct populations, most of which are on reserves, including
the Fitzgerald River National Park.

Flowering period. Not known.

Notes. As discussed earlier, the name E. redunca has been mis-applied for many years. It is now
recognised to be of restricted south coastal distribution and characterised by the mallee habit, finally
glossy adult leaves, long uncinate buds and pale yellow flowers. These latter characters indicate its
affinity with E. varia, E. gardneri, E. densa and E. pluricaulis.

A notable feature of E. redunca is that the canopy is almost always predominantly dull and green.
Most leaves appear to retain the dull wax of new growth for a long period. The glossy adult leaves
are rare and usually confined to older wood inside the canopy. Also, the new growth of E. redunca
is yellow green, a feature shared with E. varia, and contrasting with the puiplish-blue new growth of
E. gardneri, E. pluricaulis and E. densa.

The previously broad application of the name E. redunca to malices extending well inland and
to the north of typical populations on the south coast parallels the taxonomic history of many other
south-west Australian groups (e.g. Borya nitida (Liliaceae) and its allies recently described by
Churchill (1987)). Many genera and species groups were first collected by botanists such as
Labillardiere and Robert Brown who travelled with sea-going explorers along the south coast.
Subsequent treatments of the flora used the south-coastal taxa as a baseline, and often placed within
them similar looking taxa collected inland and further north. We anticipate that future detailed studies
of south-western taxa will bring to light other examples of this trend.

Subseries Desmondenses

Eucalyptus ser. Levispermae subseries Desmondenses Brooker & Hopper, subser. nov.

A subserie typica caulibus gracilibus, canopio macilen to penduloque, alabastris brevibus crassisque,
filamentis staminum omnium inflexis differt.

Typus: E. desmondensis Maiden & Blakely

Mallee with smoothorbasally rough bark. Stems slender, crown thin, finally drooping. Branchlets
shiny red with wax overlay; pith glands absent. Peduncles stout, flattened, widening distally. Buds
short and thick. Operculum ± equal in length to hypanthium. All staminal filaments inflexed. Flowers
yellow. Seed spherical.

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

175

The single species in this subseries is confined to the Ravensthorpe district where it occupies low
hilly country adjacent to and on the Ravensthorpe Range.

28. Eucalyptus desmondensis Maiden & Blakely, J. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 59; 183 (1925).
Type-. Desmond, near Ravensthorpe, Western Australia, May 1924, CA. Gardner 2183 (NSW).
(Figures lib, 98, 99, 100)

Colour illustration. Brooker & Kleinig (1990: 162).

A mallee to 4 m tall with slender stems supporting a finally drooping crown of few leaves. Bark
at base rough and flaky or stem smooth all over. Branchlets shiny, red beneath an overlay of white
wax. Pith of branchlets without glands. Leaves of the seedling remaining opposite for 3 or 4 pairs,
then alternating, ovate to cordate, to 8 x 6 cm, glaucous to whitish grey, glabrous. Adult leaves
lanceolate to broadly lanceolate, to 10 x 3.5 cm, dull, blue-grey. All inflorescence structures with
a white wax overlay. Inflorescences to 15-flowered; peduncles stout, strongly flattened, to 2 cm long.
Buds shortly pedicellate, fusiform, to 1.1 x 0.6 cm; operculum conical, more or less equal to
hypanthium; all filaments inflexed. Flowers yellow. Fruit sessile to subsessile, cupular to cylindrical,
to 1.1 X 0.9 cm. Seed light grey-brown, more or less spherical.

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Near Kundip, 9 Nov. 1952, P.H. Barrett 2
(PERTH); Mt Desmond, 6 miles S of Ravensthorpe on Hopetoun Road, 2 Nov. 1962, J.S. Beard 2274
(PERTH); 15 km SW of Ravensthorpe, 23 June 1981, K. Bradby (PERTH); Kundip, 6 Nov. 1969,
M.I.H. Brooker 2299 (CANB, MEL, PERTH); 5.8 miles S of Ravensthorpe, 16 March 1967,
G.M. Chippendale 205 (CANB, PERTH); Ravensthorpe Range, 1.5 km SW of Mt Desmond,
33° 37’S 120° 08’E, 9 Jan. 1979, M.D. Crisp 4976 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); approx. 3 miles S of
Ravensthorpe, 9 Dec. 1969, //. Demarz 2006 (PERTH); Desmond, nr Ravensthorpe, 18 May 1924,
CA. Gardner s.n. (PERTH); Desmond, near Ravensthorpe, Sept. 1925, Gardner & Blackall
(PERTH); Desmond, near Ravensthorpe, 25 Nov. 1931, CA. Gardner 2935 (CANB, PERTH);
Desmond, 25 Nov. 1931, Gardner & Blackall 1399 (PERTH); Mount Desmond, nr Ravensthorpe, Jan.
1935, C.A. Gardner s.n. (PERTH); Ravensthorpe district, Nov. 1944, C.A Gardner (PERTH); Mt
Desmond, 17 Oct. 1964, CA. Gardner 14852 (PERTH); Mt Desmond, 16 Aug. 1965, CA. Gardner
16184 (PERTH); 5 1/2 miles SE of Ravensthorpe, 22 Feb. 1966, A.S. George 7576 & S.G.M. Carr
(PERTH); Desmond, 5 miles S of Ravensthorpe, 14 March 1957, J.W. Green 1212 (PERTH); S of
Ravensthorpe, March 1951 ,PJi.Jefferies51303 1 (PERTH); 0.5 km Nof Kundip towardsRavensthorpe,
25 May 1983, G.J. Keighery 6066 (CANB, PERTH); MtDesmond near Ravensthorpe, 24 April 1967,
A. Kessell 598, 599 (PERTH); SEof Ravensthorpe, 29 March 1962, K.Newbey 199 (PERTH); 13 km
NNE of Kybulup Pool, 15 km SSW of Ravensthorpe, 21 Oct. 1977, K. Newbey 5102 (PERTH); Mt
Desmond, S of Ravensthorpe, 22 April 1953, RZ). Royce 4135 (PERTH); 9 km SEof Ravensthorpe
on Hopetoun road, 13 Aug. 1968, RA. Sajfrey 495 (CANB, PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Eucalyptus desmondensis is of restricted distribution but is most easily seen
along theRavensthorpe- Hopetoun road. Gardner (1960) stated that it is “distributed over a fairly large
area of the Ravensthorpe Range, and some distance to the east of this”. This is supported by a recent
survey by E. Bennett (pers. comm.) who reported that the species is abundant and widespread in the
Ravensthorpe Range to west of Moir road and Carracuttup Pool, and to east-north-east of Ravensthorpe

176

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

on both sides of the Carlinup road, particularly on granitic sands (Figure 98). It grows as an emergent
from heath with associates such as Allocasuarina campestris.

Conservation status. Vulnerable. No populations aie known to be on conservation reserves. All are
on Crown land covered by mining leases or on private property. The species is locally abundant, and
recovers well from the lignotuber after bushfires.

Flowering period. May to November.

Notes. E. desmondensis is the only species in swhsmQsDesmondenses. It differs from all other species
in the series by the peculiar slender straggly habit somewhat reminiscent of the quite unrelated
E. sepulcralis F. Muell. and E. lansdowneana J.E. Brown. The peduncles are stout, the buds are fat
and relatively short, and all staminal filaments aie inflexed. All inflorescence structures are glaucous.
The flowers are yellow. This combination of characters makes it clearly divergent from subseries
Levispermae, several species of which grow in close proximity, viz. E. redunca, E. phaenophylla
subsp. interjacens, E. ciivicola, E. gardneri subsp. ravensthorpensis and E. densa.

Natural hybrids

Systematic studies of natural hybridisation in eucalypts have been m uch neglected, although some
data have accumulated (Griffin et al. 1988). In the case of the Levispermae, attempts to review the
importance of natural hybridisation would have been futile before the current revision in view of the
unusually large number of undescribed taxa we have documented.

In any event, Griffin et al. (1988) noted that no records of interspecific hybrids within the series
existed in Chippendale and Wolfs (1984) EUCALIST herbarium data base, nor in the literature. Two
putative hybrids with members of other series of section ‘Bisectaria' were listed, one each with a
member of series Cornutae (i.e. E. gomphocephala x E. wandoo - which we have been unable to
relocate and consider a doubtful determination because the putative parents are allopatric and
taxonomically isolated) and senes Loxophlebae (E. lo.xophleba x E. wandoo - well documented, see
below). No natural hybrids between Levw/;e/-mae species and those of other sections within subgenus
‘Symphyomyr tits’ were known.

Griffin et al. (1988) supported Pryor and Johnson’s (1981) conclusion that members of section
‘Bisectaria’ had a “low propensity to hybridise”. It was suggested that, within ‘Syinphyomyrtus’ , “the
large section Bisectaria (113 species) seems to have the most well developed barriers at the species
level, since inter and even intrascries combinations are rare.” However, Griffin et al. (1988) noted
that such indications could be due to inadequate sampling or taxonomic interpretation, rather than
reflecting real variation in rates of natural hybridisation.

In the case of the Levispermae, we have established through field, glasshouse and herbarium
studies the occurrence of natural hybrids derived from many species combinations. Specimens are
cited below for six intersectional crosses, seven inlerseries crosses and 12 crosses within the series
Levispermae. Because most of these hybrids are easily overlooked (we collected specimens from all
putative hybrids encountered during the study, and these were few), it seems probable that additional
combinations will be discovered in the future.

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

177

Figure 98. Eucalyptus desmondensis distribution, and buds, fruits, adult leaves and silhouette of a fifth node seedling leaf (scale
bar = 1 cm).

04689-13

178

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Figure 99. Isotype of E. desmondensis Maiden & Blakely.

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

179

Figure 100. E. desmondemis mallee habit near Mt Desmond.

180

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

The evidence for hybridisation in individuals depends on morphological intermediacy between
putative parents in habit, bark, canopy, leaves, buds, fruits and seeds, combined with their rare
occurrence in the field in mixed populations of both parents. Where the parental taxa differ in their
cotyledons and seedling attributes, we have also grown progeny of the putative hybrids to test for
segregation.

We list below specimens that meet these criteria. Rather than name these hybrids with their own
epithet, we have used the hybrid formula of the putative parents in alphabetical order. In one instance
{E. crispata) we have named plants of possible hybrid origin but in this case there are many individuals
in known populations, and these are relatively morphologically uniform. They do not vary continuously
from the form of one parent to that of the other as is seen in a hybrid swarm.

Just as previous taxonomic treatments of the series have underestimated the number of recognisable
taxa, past treatments of natural hybridisation (e.g. Griffin et al. 1988) are here shown to be inadequate.
Until revisionary and extensive field studies of many other groups in Eucalyptus have been completed,
we urge caution in attempts to derive significant conclusions about rates of hybridisation from the data
bases that were reviewed by Griffin et al. (1988).

Intersectional hybrids

Eucalyptus arachnaea Brooker & Hopper subsp. arachnaea x E. obtusiflora DC.

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: breakaway SSE of Mt Horner, north of Pincher s
Road, 29° lO’S 115° 08’E,4Feb. 1985 , 8818 (CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); south
slope offlat-top hill north ofPincher’s Road, 29° 09’S 115° 06’E, 3 June l9S5,M.I.H.Brooker9021
(CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 12.8 km SW of Three Springs towards Eneabba, 29°34’S,
115° 40’E, 21 Nov. 1986, M.I.H. Brooker 9553 (CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH).

Eucalyptus conglobata (R.Br. ex Benth.) Malden x E. wandoo Blakely subsp. wandoo

Specimen examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 3.7 km from highway on road to Woodanilling,
33° 33’S 117° 07’E, 8 March 1988, M.I.H. Brooker 9897 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH).

Eucalyptus desmondensis Maiden & Blakely x E. incrassata Labill.

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: c. 10 km S of Ravensthorpe on Hopetoun road,
33° 36’S 120° 08’E,23 June 1978,D.F.B/axc// 1696 (NSW,PERTH);trackto£:.(7e/i/ic»/ae,c. 50 m
off road N of Mine, 33° 38’S 120° 08’E, 12 April 1985, M.I.H. Brooker 8943 (CANB, NSW,
PERTH).

Eucalyptus incrassata Labill. x E. medialis Brooker & Hopper

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 0.9 km S of Bluff Knoll road on firetrail near
Chester Pass road, Stirling Range, 10 Oct. 1982, M.I.H. Brooker 7735 (CANB, NSW, PERTH);
6.5 km WNW of Bluff Knoll, 0.9 km SW of Bluff Knoll Rd, 34° 19’ S 118° 13 ’E, 5 May 1982,

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

181

S.D. Hopper 2290 (PERTH); Stirling Range National Park, 3 km S of Bluff Knoll Rd along Chester
Pass Rd, 34° 2rs 118° ll’E, 11 April 1983, SD. Hopper 2743 (PERTH); Stirling Range National
Park, 3 km S of Bluff KnollRd on Chester Pass Rd, 34° 2rS 118° ll’E, 11 April 19S3, SD. Hopper
3588, 3589, 3590 (PERTH); hilltop W of Luscombe’s house off Washpool Rd, 34° 35’20"S
117° 52’00"E, 27 Feb. 19^S, A. Napier s.n. (PERTH); Stirling Range National Park, 3.7 km Nof S
boundary along N-S firebreak 200 m E of Chester Pass Road, 7 Oct. 1987, A. Taylor 83 (PERTH).

Eucalyptus incrassata Labill x E. phaenophylla Brooker & Hopper subsp. phaenophylla

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: c. 8 km NW of Nyabing, 33° 22’ S 118° 03 ’E,
19 July 1988, M.I.H. Brooker 9989 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); W. Grocock’s property, Sth
Stirlings, 17 June 1963, F. Lullfitz L1287 (PERTH).

Eucalyptus incrassata Labill. x E. pluricaulis Brooker & Hopper subsp. porphyrea Brooker &
Hopper

Specimen examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 3.8 km S along Norman roadfrom Cowalellup road,
34° 14’S 118° 43’E, 21 Feb. 1985, M.I.H. Brooker 8865 (CANB, NSW, PERTH).

Interseries hybrids

Eucalyptus accedens W. Fitzg. x E. pluricaulis Brooker & Hopper subsp. pluricaulis

The buds on the single specimen of this putative hybrid are shorter, fatter and more obtuse than
those of E. pluricaulis. Both presumptive parents occur in the Mt Peron area on lateritic breakaways.

Specimen examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: below southern scarp of Mt Peron, 30° OS’S
115° 08’E, 2 March 1983, M.I.H. Brooker 7991 (CANB, NSW, PERTH).

Eucalyptus grossa F. Muell. ex Benth. x E. histophylla Brooker & Hopper

Specimen examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Mt Buraminya, 23 Aug. 1989, S.D. Hopper 7445
(PERTH).

Eucalyptus loxophleba Benth. x E. wandoo Blakely subsp. wandoo

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Reserve 12109, Shire of Wickepin, Wickepin-
Corrigin Rd, 32° 44’S 117° 36’E, 31 March 1987, M.I.H. Brooker 9577 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW,
PERTH); 5.6 km from Irishtown Hall on Dumbarton Rd, 31°34’S 116° 34’E, 23 April 1987,
M.I.H. Brooker 9584, 9585 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); Clackline, 31°43’S 116° 31’E,
23 April 1987, M.I.H. Brooker 9586 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 15 km W of Quairading,
50 m E of turn-off to Dulbelling on S side of York Rd, 32° 01’30"S 117° 16’E, 13 June 1985,
S.D. Hopper A395 (PERTH); 2.8 km W of Dangin North Road along York-QuairadingRoad,20 June
1986, SD. Hopper 4888 (PERTH).

182

Nuytsia Vo). 8, No. 1 (1991)

Eucalyptus phaenophylla Brooker & Hopper subsp. phaenophylla x E. spathulata Hook. var.
spathulata

Specimen examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 0.3 km N of Beaufort River, Albany Highway,
31 Oct. 1975, J.W. Green 4625 (PERTH).

Eucalyptus phaenophylla Brooker & Hopper subsp. phaenophylla x E. uncinata Turcz.

Specimen examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 13 km ENE of Amelup, intersection of Sandalwood
Road and Salisbury Road, 5 Oct. 1987, S.D. Hopper 6185 (PERTH).

Eucalyptus recondita Brooker & Hopper ined. x E. xanthonema Turcz. subsp. apposita Brooker &
Hopper

Specimen examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Stirling Range National Park, adjacent to caravan
park,Nboundary ofNP,34° 20’S 118° 12 ’E, 23 Nov. 1983,5.77. //opper 3588, 3589, 3590 (PERTH).

Eucalyptus spathulata Hook. var. spathulata x E. wandoo Blakely subsp. wandoo

Specimen examined. WESTERN AUSTRAIJA: 3.7 km from highway on road to Woodanilling,
33° 33’S 117° 07 ’E, 8 March 1988, M.I.H. Brooker 9898 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH).

E. ser. Levispermae hybrids

Eucalyptus abdita Brooker & Hopper x E. arachnaea Brooker & Hopper subsp. arachnaea

Specimen examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Mt Misery, 18 August 1988, M.I.H. Brooker 10031
(CANB).

Eucalyptus arachnaea Brooker & Hopper subsp. arachnaea xE. capillosa Brooker & Hopper subsp.
capillosa

Spcc/we/is e.ramined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 4 km W of MtBebb, 32° 05 S 117° 47 E, 13 June
1985, SD. Hopper 439^ (PERTH); Sorenson’s Nature Reserve, 8.7 km W of Babakin, 32° 07’30"S
117° 55’E, 13 June 1985, S.D. Hopper 4403 (PERTH).

Eucalyptus arachnaea Brooker & Hopper subsp. arachnaea x E. wandoo Blakely subsp. wandoo

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 12.6 km E of rail crossing at Carani, 30 59 S
116° 31’E, 26 Aug. 1982, M.I.H. Brooker 7589 (AD, CANB, NSW, PERTH).

Eucalyptus capillosa Brooker & Hopper subsp. capillosa x E. subangusta (Blakely) Brooker &
Hopper subsp. cerina Brooker & Hopper

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

183

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Chiddarcooping Nature Reserve, 30°51’S
118° 42’E, 17Feb. 1983, M././/,l5roofer 7971 (CANB,NSW,PERTH);Trayning,^. dat.,M-Barnes
s.n. (PERTH).

Eucalyptus capillosa Brooker & Hopper subsp. capillosa x E. phaenophylla Brooker & Hopper
subsp. phaenophylla Brooker & Hopper

Specimen exami/ied. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Dragon Rocks Reserve, between rock and Pingaring-
HoltRockroad, 32° 47’S 1 19° 04’E, 21 Oct. 1986, M.LH. Brooker 9480 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW,
PERTH).

Eucalyptus capillosa Brooker & Hopper subsp. capillosa x E. wandoo Blakely subsp. wandoo

Specimen examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 3.8 km S of Kokardine on Cadoux road, 30° 43 ’S
117° lO’E, 2 July 1986, M.I.H. Brooker 9383 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH).

Eucalyptus pluricaulis Brooker & Hopper subsp. pluricaulis x E. wandoo Blakely subsp. wandoo

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 3 km from hwy on road to Woodanilling, 33° 33’S
117° 07’E, 8 March 1988, M.I.H. Brooker 9896 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 2.9 km E of
Albany Highway along road to Woodanilling, 33° 33’S 117° 08’E, 24 July 1984, S.D. Hopper 3S30
(PERTH).

Eucalyptus gardneri Maiden x E. pluricaulis Brooker & Hopper subsp. pluricaulis

No specimens of these hybrids are known. However, a population of both parental species and
hybrids was observed and photographed by S.D.H. on 11 March 1988 in theTarin Rock area 0.3 km
south of Tarin Rock Road along Hills Road.

Eucalyptus hebetifolia Brooker & Hopper x E. sparsicoma Brooker & Hopper

Specimen examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 0.9 km E of Tincurrin Nth road on Stock Route 3,
32° 56’S 117° 48’E, 12 Dec. 1988, M.LH. Brooker 10143 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH).

Eucalyptus subangusta (Blakely) Brooker & Hopper subsp. subangustaxE. wandoo Blakely subsp.
wandoo

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Wongan Hills ridgetop, c. 1 km W of road to gap,
30° 52’S 116° 40’E, 26 Aug. 1982, M.I.H. Brooker 7596 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 15.3 km NE of
Calingiri towards Wongan Hills, 30° 59’S 116°33’E, 16 Feb. \9?>3, ML .H . Brooker 1961 {CANB,
NSW, PERTH); 8 km NW of Wongan Hills township, 9 km NE of Mortlock Flats, 30° 51’S
116° 40’E, 26 Aug. 1982, SD. Hopper 2481 (PERTH).

184

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Eucalyptus wandoo Blakely subsp. wandoo x E. xanthonema. Turcz. subsp. xanthonema

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Beaufort River Crossing, Albany Highway,
33° 30’S 117° 04’E, 21 Nov. 1983, M.I.H. Brooker 8368 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 3.7 km E of
Albany Hwy on Woodanilling Rd, 33° 33’S 117° 08’E, 26 Nov. 1987, M.I.H. Brooker 9828 (AD,
CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH).

Eucalyptus wandoo Blakely subsp. wandoo x E. xanthonema Turcz. subsp. apposita Brooker &
Hopper

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 2.2 km along N boundary firetrail from Bluff Knoll
Rd, Stirling Range, 7 Oct. 1982, M.I.H. Brooker 7694 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 2.5 km along N
boundary fire trail (Stirling Range National Park) from Bluff KnollRoad, 7 Oct. \9%l,Md.H. Brooker
7697 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 0.4 km SEof Chester Pass road on Bluff Knoll road, Stirling Range,
34° 21’S 118° 13’E,21 March 1983, M././7.Rroc?fer8030(CANB,NSW,PERTH);SaltRiverRoad,
N of Stirling Range N.P., 22 Feb. 1985 , M.I.H. Brooker 8868 (CANB , MEL, NSW, PERTH); Stirling
Range National Park, 100 km S of Bluff Knoll Ranger’s residence, 34° 19’30"S 118° 11’15’E,
21 May 1989, A. Rose 1063 (PERTH).

Intergrades between species of E. ser. Levispermae

The following case is an instance of discrete, morphologically uniform populations that are
intermediate between wheatbelt wandoo and desert wandoo.

Eucalyptus capillosa Brooker & Hopper subsp. capillosa - E. nigrifunda Brooker & Hopper
intergrades

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 2 km E of Die Hardy Range road on Diemals-
Menzies road, 29°43’S 119° 34’E, 16 Oct. 1984, M.I.H. Brooker 8694 (CANB, MEL, NSW,
PERTH); 23.8 km SE of Perrin Vale on Menzies road, 29° 14’S 120° 14’E, 23 June 1987,
M.I.H. Brooker 9662, 9662a (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 30 km SE of Peron Vale Station,
29° 13’S 120° 16’E. 13 June 1988, R..J. Cranfield 6999 (PERTH); Lake Barlee, 18 Oct. 1966,
C.A. Gardner 19032 (PERTH).

Acknowledgements

We are grateful to B. Rockel, C. Sounness and C. Ranford for growing specimens of all taxa in
the glasshouse at CSIRO, Perth, to Susan Patrick and John Rainbird for line drawings, to Jan Rayner
and Raelene Hick for word processing, to Andrew Brown for cartography and other technical
assistance, and to our colleages L.A.S. Johnson, K. Hill and D.F. Blaxell for discussions. The late
K.R. Newbey alerted SDH to the existence of several undescribed taxa of the Levispermae in the
Ongerup and Jerramungup districts on a field trip in 1982.

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

185

References

Beard, J.S. (1981). “The Vegetation of the Swan area”. Explanatory notes to Sheet 7, Swan, 1: 1 000 000 Vegetation Series,
Vegetation Survey of Western Australia.” (University of Western Australia Press: Nedlands.)

Beard, J.S. (1990). “Plant Life of Western Australia”. (Kangaroo Press Kenhurst: NSW.)

Bentham, G. (1867). “Flora Australiensis.” (L. Reeve & Co.: London.)

Blackall, W.E. and Grieve, B.J. (1954). “How to know Western Australian Wildflowers.” (Western Australian Newspapers :
Perth.)

Blakely, W.F. (1934). “A Key to the Eucalypts." (The Worker Trustees: Sydney.)

Blakely, W.F. (1965). “A Key to the Eucalypts.” 3rd edn. (Forestry and Timber Bureau: Canberra.)

Boland, D.J., Brooker, M.I.H. and Turnbull, J.W. (1981). “Eucalyptus Seed.” (Commonwealth and Scientific Industrial
Research Organisation: Melbourne.)

Brooker, M.I.H. (1972). Studies in the genus Eucalyptus, series Dimosae. Nuytsia 1: 210-216.

Brooker, M.I.H. (1972). Four new laxa of Eucalyptus from Western Australia. Nuytsia 1 : 242-253.

Brooker, M.I.H. (1973). Eucalyptus forrestiam suhsp.dolichorhyncim, a new taxon from Western Australia. J. & Proc. Roy.
Soc. Western Australia 56: 74-75.

Brooker, M.I.H. (1974). Six new species of Eucalyptus from Western Australia. Nuytsia 1: 297-314.

Brooker, M.I.H. (1976). Two new combinations in Eucalyptus from Western Australia. Austral. Forest Res. 7 : 65-67.

Brooker, M.I.H. (1979). A revision of the informal series Focc«nrfuePiyor& Johnson of thegenusEuca/yptoL’Hdrit. and notes
on variation in the genus. Branonia 2: 125-170.

Brooker, M.I.H. (1981). A new series, Ovulares of the genus Eucalyptus based on the subseries Ovularinae Pryor & Johnson.
Branonia 4: 1-26.

Brooker, M.I.H. (1986). New species and subspecies of the informal “Eucalyptus series Calycogonae” Pryor & Johnson
(Eucalyptus series Aridae Blakely - Myrtaceae. Nuytsia 5: 357-371.

Brooker, M.I.H. (1988). Eucalyptus foecunda revisited and six related new species (Myrtaceae). Nuytsia 6: 325-334.

Brooker, M.I.H. and Blaxell, D.F. (1978). Five new species of Eucalyptus from Western Australia. Nuytsia 2: 220-231.

Brooker, M.I.H. and Done, C.C. (1986). Eucalyptus ceracea, E. rupestris and E. chlorophylla (Myrtaceae), three new species
in the Kimberley Division of Western Australia. Nuytsia 5: 381-390.

Brooker, M.I.H. and Edgecombe, W.E. (1986). Eucalyptus ferriticola and E.pilbarensis (Myrtaceae), two new species from the
Pilbara region of Western Australia. Nuytsia 5: 373-380.

Brooker, M.I.H. and Hopper, S .D. (1982). New subspecies in Eucalyptus caesia and E. cruets (Myrtaceae) of Western Australia.
Nuytsia 4: 113-128.

Brooker, M.I.H. and Hopper, S.D. (1986). Notes on the informal group “Monocalyptus” of Eucalyptus (Myrtaceae) and the
description of three new upland species from south-west Western Australia. Nuytsia 5: 341-316.

Brooker, M.I.H. and Hopper, S.D. (1989). A new series Rigentes, of Eucalyptus L’Hdrit. (Myrtaceae) comprising three new
species endemic to Western Australia. Nuytsia 7: 5-13.

Brooker, M.I.H. and Kleinig, D.A. (1983). “Field Guide to Eucalypts, Vol. 1, South-eastern Australia.” (Inkata Press:
Melbourne.)

186

Nuytsia Vol. 8, No. 1 (1991)

Brooker, M.I.H. and Kleinig, D.A. (1990). “Field Guide to Eucalypts, Vol. 2, South-western and southern Australia." (Inkata
Press: Melbourne.)

Burbidge, N.T. (1952). The significance of the mallee habit in Eucalyptus. Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 62: 73-78.

Carr, D.J. and Carr, S.G.M. (1969). Oil glands and ducts in Eucalyptus L’Hdrit. I. The phloem and the pith. Austral. J. Bot.
17: 471-513.

Carr, D.J. and Carr, S.G.M. (1980). The Lehmannianae: a natural group of Western Australian Eucalypts. Austral. J. Bot.
28:523-550.

Carr, D.J. Carr, S.G.M. and Lenz, J.R. (1986). Leaf venation in Eucalyptus and other genera of Myrtaceae : implications for
systems of classification of venation. Austral. J. Bot. 34: 53-62.

Chippendale, G.M. (1973). "Eucalypts of the Western Australian Goldfields." (Australian Government Publishing Service:
Canberra.)

Chippendale, G.M. (1988). Eucalyptus, Angophora (Myrtaceae). "Rora of Australia" Vol. 19. (Australian Government
Publishing Service: Canberra.)

Chippendale, G.M. and Wolf, L.l. (1984).EUCAL1ST: Computerised data retrieval systtmior Eucalyptus (Myrtaceae). Austral.
Forest Res. 14: 147-152.

Churchill, D.M. (1987). Borya (Liliaceae). "Flora of Australia" 45: 268-279. (Australian Government Publishing Service:
Canberra.)

Davis, P.H. and Heywood, V.H. (1963). “Principles of Angiosperm Taxonomy.” (Oliver and Boyd: Edinburgh and London.)

Elliot, W.R. and Jones, D.L. (1986). “Encyclopaedia of Australian Plants Suitable for Cultivation.” Vol. 4. (Lothian:
Melbourne.)

Erickson, R. (1969). “The Drummonds of Hawthomdcn.” (Lamb Paterson: Osborne Park, Perth.)

Gardner, C.A. (1945). Taxonomy and the species concept with special reference to Eucalyptus. Austral. For. 9: 7-11.
Gardner, C.A. (1952-1966). “Trees of Western Australia” series. J. Agric. Western Australia (Government Printer: Perth.)
Gardner, C.A. (1979, 1987). “Eucalypts of Western Australia.” (Government Printer: Perth.)

Giles. E. (1889). “Australia Twice Traversed " (Sampson, Low, Marston, Searle & Rivington : London.)

Grant, V. (1981). “Plant Speciation.” 2nd edn. (Columbia University Press: New York.)

Griffin, A.R., Burgess, I.P. and Wolf, L. (1988). Patterns of natural and manipulated hybridisation in the genus Eucalyptus
L’H6rit. - a review. Austral. J. Bot. 36: 41-66.

Hickey, L.J. (1973). Classification of the architecture of dicotyledonous leaves. Amer. J. Bot. 60: 17-33.

Hill.K.D. (1989). Mallee eucalypt communities: tlieir classification and biogeography, /n J.C. Noble &R. A. Bradstock (eds)
“Mediterranean Landscapes in Australia: Mallee Ecosystems and their Management”, pp 93-108. (Commonwealth and
Scientific Industrial Research Organisation: East Melbourne.)

Hill, K.D. and Johnson, L.A.S. (1991). Systematic studies in the eucalypts - 4 New taxa in Eucalyptus (Myrtaceae). Telopea 4:
321-349.

Holliday, 1. and Watton, G. (1980). “A Field Guide to Eucalypts.” (Rigby: Sydney.)

Hopper, S.D. (1979). Biogeographical aspects of speciation in the southwest Australian flora. Annual Review of Ecology and
Systematics 10: 399-422.

Hopper, S.D. (1982). An excursion into southern Western Australian eucalypts. Swans 12 (1): 11-17.

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

187

Hopper, S.D., van Leeuwen, S., Brown, A.P. and Patrick, SJ. (1990). “Western Australia’s Endangered Flora.” Department
Conservation and Land Management, Perth.

Johnson, L.A.S., and Hill, K.D. (1991). Systematic studies in the eucalypts - 2. A revision of the gimlets and related species:
Eucalyptus extracodical series Salubres and Annulatae (Myrtaceae). Telopea 4: 201-222.

Kelly, S. (1969). “Eucalypts.” Vol. 1. (Thomas Nelson: Australia.)

Kelly, S. (1978). “Eucalypts.” Vol. 2. (Thomas Nelson: Australia.)

Ladiges, P.Y. (1984). A comparative study of trichomes in Angophora Cav. and Eucalyptus L’Herit. - a question of homology.
Austral. J. Bot. 32: 561-574.

Ladiges, P.Y. and Humphries, C.J. (1983). A cladistic study olArillastrum, Angophora and Eucalyptus (Myrtaceae). J. Linn.
Soc. 87: 105-134.

Ladiges, P.Y., and Humphries, C.J. (1986). Relationships in the Stringybarks, Eucalyptus L’Hdrit. Informal Subgenus
Monocalyptus Series Capitellatae and Olsenianae: Phylogenetic Hypotheses, Biogeography and Classification. Austral.
J. Bot. 34: 603-32.

Ladiges, P.Y., Humphries, C.J. and Brooker, M.I.H. (1983). Cladistic relationships and biogeographic patterns in thepeppemnint
group of Eucalyptus (informal subseries Amygdalininae subgenus Monocalyptus and the description of a new species
E. wHlisii Austral. J. Bot. 31: 565-584.

Ladiges, P.Y., Humphries, C.J. and Brooker, M.I.H. (1987). Cladistic andbiogeographic analysis of Western Australian species
of Eucalyptus L’Hdrit. Itrformal Subgenus Monocalyptus Pryor & Johnson. Austral. J. Bot. 35: 251-81.

Maiden, J.H. (1918). “A Critical Revision of the Genus Eucalyptus.” Part 34. (Government Printer: Sydney.)

Maiden, J.H. (1921). "A Critical Revision of the Genus Eucalyptus:' Part 46. (Government Printer: Sydney.)

Maiden, J.H. (1923). “A Critical Revision of the Genus Eucalyptus.” Parts 59, 61. (Government Printer: Sydney.)

Maiden, J.H. (1924). “A Critical Revision of the Genus Eucalyptus.” Part 62. (Government Printer: Sydney.)

Maiden, J.H. (1925). “A Critical Revision of the Genus Eucalyptus.” Part 64. (Government Printer: Sydney.)

Maiden, J.H. (1931). “A Critical Revision of the Genus Eucalyptus.” Part 75. (Government Printer: Sydney.)

Maiden, J.H. and Blakely, W.F. (1925). J. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 59: 183.

Mueller, F. (1878-81). Fragm. Phyt. Austral. 11: 15.

Mueller, F. (1879). “Eucalyptographia.” (Government Printer: Melbourne.)

Muir, B.G. (1977). Vegetation and habitat of Bendering Reserve. Biological Survey of the Western Australian Wheatbelt. Part
2. Rec. West. Austral. Mus. Suppl. 3.

Newbey, B.J. and Newbey, K.R. (1987). Bird dynamics of Foster Road Reserve, near Ongerup, Western Australia. In D.A.
Saunders, G.W. Arnold, A. A. Burbidge & A.J.M. Hopkins (eds) “Nature Conservation: The Role of Remnants of Native
Vegetation”, pp 341-343. (Surrey Beatty & Sons: Sydney.)

Newbey, K.R. and Hnatiuk, R.J. (1988). Vegetation and Flora. In R.A. How et at. "The Biological Survey of the Eastern
Goldfields of Western Australia. Part 4. Lake Johnston - Hyden area". Rec. West. Austral. Mus., Suppl. 30, pp. 17-43.

Pryor, L.D. (1962). The validity of taxonomic categories in the assessment of evolutionary trends within the genus Eucalyptus.
In G.W. Leeper (cd) “The Evolution of Living Organisms," pp. 446-455. (Melbourne Univ. Press : Melbourne.)

Pryor, L.D. and Johnson, L.A.S. (1971). “A Classification of the Eucalypts.” (Australian National University Press: Canberra.)

Smith, F.G. (1969). “Honey Plants in Western Australia.” Bulletin 3618. (Department Agriculture Western Australia: Perth.)

Wrigley, J. and Fagg, M. (1983). “Australian Native Plants.” 2nd edn. (William Collins: Sydney.)

188

Nuytsia Vol, 8, No. 1 (1991)

Index to new species and subspecies of Eucalyptus ser. Levispermae
(page number for main description in bold)

E. abdita
E. arachnaea

E. arachnaea subsp. arachnaea
E. arachnaea subsp. arrecta
E. capillosa

E. capillosa subsp. capillosa
E. capillosa subsp. polyclada
E. clivicola
E. crispata
E. densa

E. densa subsp. densa
E. densa subsp. improcera
E. desmondensis
E. flavida
E. gardneri

E. gardneri subsp. gardneri

E. gardneri subsp. ravensthorpensis

E. hebetifolia

E. histophylla

E. livida

E. luteola

E. medialis

E. melanophitra

E. microschema

E. nigrifunda

E. phaenophylla

E. phaenophylla subsp. interjacens
E. phaenophylla subsp. phaenophylla
E. pluricaulis

E. pluricaulis subsp. pluricaulis
E. pluricaulis subsp. porphyrea
E. praetermissa
E. redunca

E. redunca var. anguslifolia
E. redunca var. elala
E. redunca var. melanophloia
E. redunca var. oxymitra
E. redunca var. redunca

1,7,29,34, 59, 60,61,62, 181

1, 3, 13, 17. 19, 28, 62, 68, 76, 104, 109

1, 7, 31,61, 66, 67, 68, 76, 160, 179, 181

1,7, 15, 29,66, 70,71,72, 76

1,7, 16, 17, 18,23,28,37, 41,51

1, 7, 13, 18, 29, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 47, 105, 181, 182, 183

1, 7, 13, 34, 42, 45, 46, 47, 55, 105

1, 7, 10, 16, 17, 21, 29, 92, 94, 95, 96, 99, 145, 175

1,7, 15, 16, 17,21,29,31,33, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105

1, 7, 16, 19, 23, 29, 100, 144, 149, 173, 175

1,7, 13,30, 149, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155

1.7, 13,32, 154, 156

1, 5, 6, 7, 17, 19, 21, 22, 28, 29, 31, 149, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179

1.3.7, 13, 16, 17, 19,20.21,22, 23,29, 31, 92, 97,98,99, 100
1,3,5,6,7,8,13,15, 16, 17,19,20,21,23,29,70, 100, 143, 144, 149,154, 155,
159, 161, 173, 175, 182

1, 7, 30, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149

1, 7, 30, 145, 146, 149

1, 7, 29. 34, 51, 55, 56, 57, 58, 61, 182

1, 7, 17, 23, 28, 32, 68, 76, 89, 90, 91, 92, 180

1, 7, 17, 19, 28, 30, 34, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 105

1,7,21,23,32, 82, 83,84, 85

1, 7, 28, 34. 125, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 143, 179

1, 7, 13. 29, 30, 135, 136, 137. 138, 139, 143

1, 7, 17, 19, 21, 22, 32, 105, 121, 122, 123, 124

1, 7, 13, 17, 23, 28, 29, 41, 51, 53, 54, 105, 183

1, 3, 7, 17, 19, 23, 55, 62, 68, 76, 85. 88, 89, 99

1, 7, 31, 32, 55, 76, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82. 175

1, 7, 28, 31, 55, 62, 73, 74, 75, 76, 78, 82, ISO, 181, 182

1, 7, 13, 23, 28, 29, 61, 70, 100, 144, 149, 155, 159, 163, 173

1, 7. 23, 35, 157, 158, 159, 180, 182

1, 7, 14, 17, 23, 34, 157, 160, 162, 180

1.7, 16,30136, 140, 141, 142, 143

1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 19, 24, 25, 26, 29, 34, 78, 100, 105, 135, 143, 144, 159, 163, 164,

168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 175

4, 5. 104, 125

4,5,6,35

1,4,5,6,68

1,6,99, 100

5

M.I.H. Brooker & Stephen D. Hopper, Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae

189

E. redunca var. subangusta
E. sparsicoma
E. subangusta
E. subangusta subsp. cerina
E. subangusta subsp. pusilla
E. subangusta subsp. subangusta
E. subangusta subsp. virescens
E. subtilis
E. tumida
E. varia

E. varia subsp. salsuginosa
E. varia subsp. varia
E. wandoo

E. wandoo subsp. pulverea
E. wandoo subsp. wandoo
E. xanthonema

E. xanthonema subsp. apposita
E. xanthonema subsp. xanthonema

1 , 6 , 104

1 , 7 , 29 , 31 , 62 , 63 , 64 , 65 , 68 , 182

1, 3, 7, 16, 21, 23, 70, 104, 105, 121, 125, 143

1, 7, 17, 33, 105, 108, 109, 110, 114, 115, 182

1.7. 19.30.33, 70,76, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113
1, 7, 12, 19, 24, 33, 105, 107, 108, 182

1, 7, 15, 31, 108, 109, no, 115, 116, 117
1, 7, 17, 19, 28, 33, 105, 118, 119, 120, 121, 125
1, 3, 7, 19, 21, 23, 28, 32, 68, 76, 82, 85, 86, 87, 89, 92
1, 7, 29, 89, 100, 159, 160, 161, 163, 173
1,7,23,32, 34,164, 165, 167
1,7,33,35,163,164, 165,166

1, 3, 6, 7, 13, 16, 17, 19, 23, 28, 35, 40, 41, 45, 51, 61, 105, 143, 171, 175
1, 5, 7, 16, 17, 29, 35, 36, 38, 40, 41

1, 7, 8, 9, 15, 18, 30, 36, 37 , 39, 40, 41, 55, 179, 180, 181, 182, 183
1, 4, 5, 6, 7, 26, 28, 104, 125, 135, 136, 143
1,7,33,34, 126, 129, 130, 131, 181, 183

1.7.33, 126, 127,128, 131, 183

Publication date of Nuytsia Volume 7 Number 3: 30 June 1991

0919 - 1291-600

Notes for Authors

Nuytsia publishes papers relating to the flora of Western Australia. All papers are refereed outside the Western Australian
Herbarium. The Herbarium reserves the right to reject papers.

Manuscripts must be submitted in duplicate, typewritten and double spaced. Printing is now done using a desktop publishing
system. After final acceptance of papers authors ate requested to provide floppy discs readable directly by IBM computer.
Wherever possible, the MS-WORD software should be used in conjunction with a customized style sheet, available from the
editor with comprehensive instmctions for its use. Alternatives should be discussed with the editor before preparing
manuscripts.

Great care with layout, spacing and typography must be exercised in the preparation of electronic manuscripts. In particular,
note the following. Text is not to be right-justified. Where manuscripts are compiled with software other than MS-WORD aU
headings and paragraphs are to be left-justified. Within a paragraph two spaces are requited between sentences; after colons,
semicolons, commas and dashes a single space is required. Where MS-WORD is used, text should be italicized or
emboldened where appropriate.

Original figures should not be lettered but instead accompanied by copies indicating lettering. Galley proofs will be
forwarded to authors for checking. Twenty reprints of each paper wiU be provided to authors free of charge: no additional
copies may be ordered.

Style and layout should follow recent numbers of Nuytsia. Note particularly the following.

Title. Should include the family name of genera or species treated. New taxa should be named if not numerous. The
geographic area of smdy should be given.

Abstract. The paragraph (or paragraphs) should be indented and commence with bibliographic information. New taxa,
combinations and names should be listed. The major contents of the paper should be summarised but no additional material
given. Key words indicating all ideas and topics covered by the paper must be included to facilitate computerised abstract
searching.

Headings. All headings should be in capitals and lower case, major headings being centred and minor ones left-justified.

Keys. May be either indented (e.g. Nuytsia 5: 277) or bracketed (e.g. Nuytsia 5: 84). Indented keys involving more than nine
levels of indentation should be avoided. Note that use of the MS-WORD style sheet (see above) considerably facilitates the
layout of both indented and bracketed keys.

Species treatments. Use of certain named paragr^s, or sets of paragraphs, for matter following the descriptions is
encouraged. The desired sequence and examples of commonly used headings are shown below. Recommended headings
which are italicised below, should be left-justified, followed by text on the same line.

(1) Taxon name, synonymy (if any) and type details (for previously published taxa).

(2) Latin (for new taxa - indented).

(3) Typus: (for new taxa - not indented).

(4) English description (indented).

(5) Other specimens examined or Selected specimens examined, as appropriate, preferably including
number of collections examined.

(6) Distribution.

(7) Habitat.

(8) Flowering period.

(9) Fruiting period.

(10) Typi/icariort (discussion).

(11) Affinities or Relationships.

(12) Discussion or Comments or Notes.

(13) Conservation status.

(14) Etymology.

Synonymy. The desired format is that used by P.G. Wilson, Nuytsia 4: 135-262.

Standard abbreviations. It is suggested that where possible the following standards be adhered to.

(1) Author abbreviations — Anon. (1980). Draft index of Author Abbreviations Compiled at the
Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. (HMSO: London.)

(2) Book titles in Eterature citations — Stafleu, F.A. & Cowan, R.S. (1 976-83). Taxonomic Literature.

Edn 2. (LA.P.T.: Utrecht.) (But with Capital initial letters.) — Green, J.W. (1985). Census of the
Vascular Hants of Western Australia. Edn 2. Pp. 20-24. (Department of Agiiculiure; Perth.)

(3) Journal titles in literature citations and reference Ests — Lawrence, G.H.M. et al. (1968). "B-P-H
(Botanico-Peiiodicum-Huntianum)." — Green loc. cit.

Figures. Numbers should follow a single .sequence including maps.

Structure of papers. Authors are encouraged to use the conventional structure of scientific papers when a complete study is
being reported (e.g. a revision). A methods section should include the method of drawing up the descriptions from specimens,
extent or search for types, and discussion of concepts for choice of taxonomic categories. A discussion section should be
considered, which woiud include some or all of the following: a summary of the findings, emphasising the most sigiiificant;
interpretation of the results in the Ught of other relevant work; statement of new problems which have arisen; advising of
aspects which arc to be followed up; suggestion of topics which others might usefully pursue; prediction and speculation.

04689/I1/91-L/5603

GARRY L. DUFFIELD, Government Printer, Western Australia

CONTENTS

A taxonomic revision of Eucalyptus wandoo, E. redunca,
and allied species (Eucalyptus series Levispermae Maiden
- Myrtaceae) in Western Australia.

By M.I.H. Brooker and Stephen D. Hopper

Publication date of Nuytsia Volume 7 Number 3

187

ISSN 0085-4417